BHeiney
Wed, 08/09/2023 - 15:33
Edited Text
Bloomsburg University

1998- 2000

Digitized by the Internet Archive
in

2015

https://archive.org/details/bloomsburguniver00bloo_10

UNIVERSITY
A Member of Pennsylvania

's

State System of Higher Education

About Bloomsburg University

An

academy

"to teach the

youth the

education" was

elements of a

classical

established in

Bloomsburg

in 1839.

The academy continued with varied fortunes
undl 1856 when a charter was prepared and
stock issued to reorganize as

Carver Hall in

it is

-

memory

cipal at the time

-

Bloomsburg

A building now known

Literary Institute.

as

of Henry Carver, prin-

was erected in 1867. Today,

considered the university's landmark.

Largely through the efforts of J.

P.

Wickersham, superintendent of public

Bloomsburg Literary Insdtute
became Bloomsburg Literaiy Institute and
State Normal School in 1869. The school
condnued under this name and organization
instruction,

until

1916 when

it

was purchased by the

early '20s

until

he held

from secondary

until his retirement in 1969.

During World War
Officer Training

teachers to full-time teacher education. This

new thrust in the curriculum led to the adopdon of the designation Bloomsburg State
Teachers College in May 1927. The instituBachelor of

the

name

II,

the U.S. Navy V-I2

Program was conducted on

the campus, a service

now commemorated by

of Navy Hall. In 1957, the Division

of Special Education was instituted. Major

expansions in

facilities, faculty

body followed.

Science in Education, a degree which pre-

pared students for teaching careers

January 1941, when the school's trustees

unanimously elected him president, a position

and college preparatory courses for special

tion was authorized to grant a

director of the business education depart-

ment, served as acting president from 1939

Commonwealth of Pennsylvania and named
Bloomsburg State Normal School.
The emphasis at the Normal School
changed during the

Andruss, then dean of instruction and former

and student

Full-time undergraduate

enrollment rose from 1,743

in

1960

to nearly

in ele-

6,800 in 1997.

mentary and secondary schools.

Under

In 1960, the school's

the administration of Dr. Francis B.

Haas (1927-1939), great progress was made

in

the teacher education program, including the

addition of a

new degree program

education. Dr. Haas

left

in business

Bloomsburg

to

received shortly thereafter to grant a Bachelor

humanities, social sciences and natural

Bloomsburg. Dr. Harvey A.

sci-

ing to a Master of Education also was inaugurated.

to

to

of Arts for liberal arts programs in the

same

post he had held from 1925 to 1927 prior to

coming

name was changed

State College. Authorization was

ences and mathematics. Graduate study lead-

accept an appointment as superintendent of
public instruction for Pennsylvania, the

Bloomsburg

In 1968, approval was received for a

Master of Arts;

in 1970, for a

Master of

About two out of every three students

Science; in 1976, for a Master of Business

Administration; and in 1982, for a Master of

A doctoral program

Science in Nursing.

receive financial assistance, with the average

amount of assistance being

in

elementary education was initiated in 1982

in

conjunction with Indiana University of

are placed in emplo)Tnent.

The

Pennsylvania.

Bloomsburg

is

a

comprehensive

institution

offering curricula in the liberal arts, business,

and teacher

nursing, allied health sciences

and master's

institution's current

title,

Universit)' of Pennsylvania,

adopted when Commonwealth

If

located

New York

City

and Baltimore; and

you are coming

from...

West of Bloomsburg: Use

1-80 east to Exit

35.

South

of

Bloomsburg:

From

Central

Pennsylvania, take Routes 11 and 15 north;

from southeast Pennsyi%ania, take Northeast
(I-

476) to 1-80 west to Exit 35A.

university's 18th president.
is

hours from

Extension of the Pennsylvania Turnpike

In 1994, Dr. Jessica Sledge Kozloff was

University

1.5

35A.

legislation

14-member State System of
Higher Education on July 1, 1983. Dr. James
H. McCormick, Bloomsburg's president at the
time, became the State System's interim chancellor and later its first permanent chancellor.

Bloomsburg

Hazleton, Williamsport,

and Scranton;

East of Bloomsburg: Use 1-80 west to Exit

officially

Bloomsburg, a town of about 12,000 people,

within a one-hour drive

D.C.

established the

appointed the

is

as

four hours from Pittsburgh and Washington

Bloomsburg

was

cities

Wilkes-Barre,

hours from

levels, in

addition to the cooperative doctoral program.

The

universit)'

from such

Harrisburg; 2.5 hours from Philadelphia; 3

education. Degree programs are offered at
the associate, bachelor's

S4,200. Within the

85 percent of Bloomsburg graduates

first year,

in
in

North

of

Bloomsburg:

Scran ton/ Wilkes-Barre area, take

From
1-81

the

south to

From

The

university's

1-80

7,200 students can choose from

among 64

Williamsport area, take 1-180 south to 1-80 east

north-central Pennsylvania.

undergraduate and 19 graduate programs
the liberal arts
tion

and health

certification

and
care.

in

sciences, business, educa-

There are

1 1

programs for teachers.

supervisory

west

to

Exit

35

south.

the

to Exit 35.

From

Exit 35, take Route 487 south

and

fol-

low signs to campus, approximately one mile.

1

The Graduate Catalog
Bloomsburg University of Pennsylvania

State System of Higher Education

Bloomsburg University

Pennsylvania

of

employment opportunities
national origin, ancestry,
status, or union

for

life

all

is

committed

to providing equal educational

persons without regard

style,

and

to race, color, religion, sex, age,

sexual orientation, disabilities, Vietnam era veteran

membership. The university

is

additionally

committed to affirmative

action and will take positive steps to provide such educational and

employment

opportunities.

Produced by Marketing and Communication

©Copyright 1998, Bloomsburg

/

University

Advancement

University of Pennsylvania, All Rights Reserved

2

Bloomsburg University

400

E.

Second Street

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301

World Wide Web Address:

http://www.bloomu.edu

Important Notices

The content

of these

web pages

is

for informational purposes only

and

not to be regarded as an irrevocable contract between the university and
the student. Bloomsburg University reserves the right to

amend any

demic, administrative, or disciplinary policy or regulation

aca-

(or fee)

described here without prior notice to persons affected.

Requirements for graduation

as well as curricula for

degree programs,

such as those requiring professional certification/licensure, may change

throughout the student's matriculation. Such changes
tively

required; however, the student

will

will

not be retroac-

have the option to choose the

new program or requirement, if desired.
Exceptions may be necessary when changes in professional certification or licensure standards mandate changes in academic requirements
or in universit)' programs.

Accreditation

Bloomsburg University

is

accredited by the Middle States Association

of Colleges and Schools; the National Council for the Accreditation of

Teacher Education; the National League for Nursing; the Council on
Education of the Deaf; and the Council on Social Work Education. Programs of study have also been approved by the Pennsylvania State Board
of Education and the State Board of Nursing. In addition, the bachelor
of science program in chemistry offered by the Department of Chemistry
is approved by the American Chemical Society.
Access to Educational Records
hi

accordance with the Family Educational Rights and Privacy Act,

commonly known

as the

Buckley Amendment, students are pro\ided

with privacy safeguards of their educational records.

The

university,

therefore, issues reports of progress including grades, written evaluations

and
to

letters

all

emic

of warning, directly to the student.

A student may have access

information pertaining to his or her educational records and acadstatus.

Parents

may have

access to information pertaining to their son's or

daughter's educadonal records and academic status \\ithout prior written
if he or she is a dependent as defined
under Section 152 of the IRS Code of 1954. If the student is not a depen-

consent of their son or daughter
dent, as defined by the

IRS Code, then the university must receive prior written consent from
the student in order to release such information to his or her parents.

3

Contents

Academic Calendars

4

Resources

5

School of Graduate Studies

6

Accreditation

2

Academic Support Services

7

Student Services

10

Admission Information

16

Tuition

and Fees
Academic Policies

18

Programs of Study

25

19

Master of Arts
Art Studio and Art History

26

Communication Studies

28

Master of Business Administration

30

Master of Education
Biology

32

Business Education

35

Curriculum and Instruction

37

Elementary Education

39

Reading

41

Master of Science

Accounting

43

Audiology

45

Biology

47

Early Childhood Education

50

Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing

52

Exercise Science and Adult Fitness

54

Instructional Technology

55

Nursing

58

Special Education/Exceptionalities

63

Speech-Language Pathology

67

Supervisory Certificate Programs

69

Cooperative Doctoral Program

70

Graduate Courses

71

Course Codes

71

Administration

106

Faculty

106

Index

115

Campus Map

117

4

Academic Calendar

Fall

1998

Fall
Monday, Aug. 31

Classes Begin

Labor Day
Monday,
Mid-Term Reading Day

Sept. 7

No

-

Classes

Friday, Oct. 16

-

No

Classes

1999

Classes Begin

Monday, Aug. 30
Labor Day
Monday, Sept. 6 - No Classes
Mid-Term Reading Day
Friday, Oct. 15 - No
Classes

Mid-Term

Wednesday, Oct.

21, 10 p.m.

Thanksgiving Recess Begins:

Mid-Term

Wednesday, Oct. 20, 10 p.m.

Thanksgiving Recess Begins

Tuesday, Nov. 24, 10 p.m.

Resume
Classes End
Reading Day

Monday, Nov.

Classes

Saturday, Dec. 12, 10 p.m.

Sunday, Dec. 13

Monday, Dec. 14

Finals Begin
Finals

30, 8 a.m.

End
Commencement

Saturday, Dec. 19

Graduate

Friday, Dec. 18

Tuesday, Nov. 23, 10 p.m.

Resume
Classes End
Reading Day

Monday, Nov.

Classes

Sunday, Dec. 12

Monday, Dec. 13

Finals Begin
Finals

29, 8 a.m.

Saturday, Dec. 11, 10 p.m.

End
Commencement

Saturday, Dec. 18

Graduate

Friday, Dec. 17

Spring 2000

Spring 1999

Martin Luther King Day

Martin Luther King Day ....Monday, Jan. 18

-

No

Classes Begin

Classes
Classes Begin

Monday

Tuesday, Jan. 19

Classes

Monday

Mid-Term

Classes

Resume
End

10 p.m.

15, 8 a.m.

Resume
Spring Weekend
Classes

March

Monday, March

4,

10 p.m.

13,

8 a.m.

Begins:

Thurdsay, April 20, 6 p.m.

Thurdsay, April

1,

6 p.m.

Classes

Monday, April

5,

8 a.m.

Classes

Saturday,

Finals Begin

End

Graduate

6,

Begins:

Reading Day
Finals

Jan 21 (No evening classes)
Wednesday, March 1, 10 p.m.
Saturday,

March
Monday, March

Saturday,

Resume
Spring Weekend

Tuesday, Jan. 18

Spring Break Begins:

Spring Break Begins:

Classes

No

Friday,

Jan 22 (No evening classes)
Wednesday, March 3, 10 p.m.

Mid-Term

-

Classes Meet:

Meet

Friday,

Classes

Monday, Jan 17

Classes

Commencement

May

8,

10 p.m.

May 9
Monday, May 10
Saturday, May 15
Friday, May 14
Sunday,

Resume
End

Monday, April
Saturday,

Reading Day
Finals Begin
Finals

End
Commencement

Graduate

May

4,

6,

8 a.m.

10 p.m.

Sunday,

May

7

Monday, May 8
Saturday,
Friday,

May
May

13
12

5

Resources

Academic Affairs
Academic Internships
Academic Support

15

Services

ACT 101/EO

4308

Office of the Provost, Carver Hall

Programs

Ben

Frani<.lin

4678

Hall

Luzerne Residence Hall

4199

14 Waller Administration Building

4492

Administration

Office of the Vice President for Administration
15 Waller Administration Building

4115

Alumni Affairs
Arts and Sciences,

Alumni House
Office of the Dean

4058

106 Waller Administration Building

4410

College of
Business, College of

Office of die Dean, 221 Sutliff Hall

Business Office

22 Waller Administration Building

4019
4013/4407

Campus Child Center

Elwell Residence Hall

4547

Career Development Center

Kehr Union
Kehr Union

4070

Community

Activities

Continuing and Distance
Education

Counseling/Human Dev
Curriculum Materials

Ctr.

Development Office
Financial Aid Office

Graduate Studies,
School

of.

Office of

tlie

4462

Dean

Magee Center, 700 West Main Street
17 Ben Franklin Hall
McCormick Center for Human Services
Development Center, 922 Lightstreet Road
19 Ben Franklin Hall
Office of the Assistant Vice President and
Dean of Graduate Studies and Research

4420

4255
4035
4128

4279/4297

4015

109 Waller Administration Building

Health Center

Informadon Desk
Internadonal Education

Kehr Union
Kehr Union
Lower Level, Luzerne Residence Hall

4451/4452
3900

4830

General Information

4204

Marketing and Communication

104A Waller Administration Building

4411

Ministries

Cadiolic (784-3123); Protestant (389-4950)

Library,

Andruss

Police, University

Lower

President's Office

Carver Hall

Professional Studies,

Office of the

4526

Registrar's Office

Dean
3105 McCormick Center
6 Ben Franklin Hall

Residence Life Office

Elwell Residence Hall

Social Equity

103 Waller Administration Building

College of

University

Advancement

4168

Level, University Store

for

Human

Services

Office of Vice President for University

115 Waller Administration Building

4005

4263
4089
4528

Advancement
4524

6

General Information

Patrick J. Schloss, Dean, Graduate Studies

Bloomsburg

University's School of

Graduate

Studies offers 19 master's programs in the
business, science,

and education,

arts,

as well as

11

and Research

3) Encourage and facilitate international
exchange of graduate faculty and students.
4)

Plan programs to meet the current and

supervisory programs and a joint doctoral pro-

future needs of individuals

gram

the university's service community.

in

education in cooperation with Indiana

University of Pennsylvania.

The School of Graduate
to

5)

Studies

is

committed

maintaining affordable, high-quality post-bac-

Plan programs to incorporate current and

future global
6)

and agencies within

and environmental

issues.

Provide periodic review of programs to

calaureate programs for qualified students of

achieve and maintain high-quality programs.

These programs foster an
academic environment that stresses critical think-

and decision-making technology

ing, scholarly activity, leadership, cultural diversi-

academic

diverse backgrounds.

ty

and technology. To achieve

this

School of Graduate Studies seeks
1)

and

Enhance
faculty

mission the

Incorporate state-of-the-art information
in all aspects

of

activities.

Graduate

classes taught

during the academic

year are usually scheduled in late afternoons,

to:

financial resources for students

evenings and on Saturdays in order to provide

research

opportunities for individuals engaged in other

by seeking grants,

gifts,

awards and contributions.
2)

7)

Enhance recruitment of women,

and students of diverse

full-time occupations to further their education.

minorities

cultural backgrounds.

Graduate courses are also offered during the sum-

mer

session.

member

The School

of Graduate Studies

of the Council of Graduate Schools.

Graduate Programs
Master of Arts
Art Studio

Instructional

Technology

Nursing

Art History

Special Education

Communication Studies

Speech-Language Pathology

Master of Business Administration

Master of Education
Biology
Business Education

Curriculum and Instruction
Elementary Education

Reading
Master of Science

Cooperative Doctoral Program in Education
Supervisory Certificate Programs

Communication
Curriculum and Instruction
Early Childhood Education
Elementary Education
Foreign Language

Accounting

Mathematics

Audiology

Reading

Biology

School Health Services

Early Childhood Education

Science

Education of die Deaf/Hard of Hearing

Social Studies

Exercise Science and Adult Fitness

Special Education

is

a

7

Academic Services

Other Library Services

Harvey A. Andruss Library
The new Harvey A. Andruss Library that
opened in late May of 1998 provides access to
more than 400,000 volumes and government
documents,

1.9 million

microforms, 1,700 cur-

and 32 newspapers, and online
bibliographic and full-text databases. The techrent periodicals

nologically

designed building provides more
200 having computer
and worldwide informaThere are 22 group study rooms,

than 900 study spaces,

word processing rooms, photocopying rooms,
and a graduate student study. The new building
also offers lounge and exhibit spaces and a new
University Archives and Special Collections Reading

Room.
Collections



The

library's

collections

more than
Government Documents Col-

include a General Collection of

300,000 volumes, a

lection, the University Archives, a Juvenile

Young Adult CoUecdon, and

and

library

is

(paper)

and 25 cents (microform).
computer printouts.

libraries

Printers are

available for

For more informadon, please contact the Reference Desk at (717) 389-4204 or the Circulation

Desk

at (717) 389-4205.

Library Hours
Fall

and Spring Semesters

Monday - Thursday

8 a.m.

-

12 midnight

Friday

8 a.m.

-

9 p.m.

Saturday

9 a.m.

-

5 p.m.

Sunday

2 p.m.

-

8 a.m.

-

10 p.m.

Summer Hours
Monday - Thursday

8 a.m.

Friday

10 p.m.
-

9 p.m.

Closed

Saturday

Sunday

2 p.m.

-

10 p.m.

Extended Hours

a

most Pennsylvania

copy card

Special Collections.

United States Government
Depository. Interlibrary loan agreements with

The

photocopy

Self-serve

or 10 cents cash. Microform copies cost 10 cents

access to the library's
tion resources.



services are available at six cents with a

and document

deliv-

9 a.m. -9 p.m.

Saturday

noon

Sunday

-

midnight

-

4:30 p.m.

ery contracts can provide almost any resources

Intercession

requested by students.

Reference Services — Library faculty

at the

second floor Reference Desk are available during

most open hours

to

answer questions,

assist stu-

Monday - Friday

Hours
8 a.m.

Saturday

Closed

Sunday

Closed

dents searching for informadon and resources,

and advise students regarding research projects.
Resources available in Andruss Library are readily located through the Endeavor Voyager on-line
catalog, which boasts a unique relevancy feature.
CD-ROM and Internet-accessed databases are
available at computer workstadons adjacent to
the Reference Desk as well as computers
throughout the building. These digital resources
include both the Search Bank and FirstSearch
data collections. Most data bases are available via
the library's homepage on the World Wide Web.

Academic Computing Facilities
Student computing

facilities

are

located

throughout the campus. There are over 500 computers and over 25 laser printers in labs, class-

rooms and general access work areas. Nearly all
computers connect to the Internet.
All students have e-mail accounts, and all
incoming students are automatically given an
account upon entering the university. All students, both on and off campus can connect to
their e-mail accounts using the phone line and a

8

computer modem. On-campus students

dial

research projects within the United States

3200, while ofF-campus users call 389-3030 for the

overseas

modem

workshops

Those students
Montgomery Place and

pool.

Schuylkill,

Montour,

in

Elwell have the

opportimity to connect their personal computer
to the

campus network and the Internet through

sites;

and

at

provides consulting services and

in all areas

of management; and devel-

ops and administers quality executive develop>-

ment and

training programs as required by a par-

ticular country.

a high-speed ethernet connection.

The major open-access computer work areas
are in McCormick 1 148, Kehr Games Room, Hartline lobby and the Library. Other work areas can
be found

in

Sudiff and Bakeless. Most computer

Curriculum Materials Center
The primary
Materials Center

make

objective
is

accessible

curricular

classrooms are open to students for general access

materials to preservice

and on the weekends.
Most general lab areas are open seven days a
week during the fall and spring semesters. The
schedules of current open hours for labs and
classrooms are posted at each location and can be
found on the Academic Computing web site -

The

http://acwvw.bloomu.edu.

able.

between

for the

classes

major work areas

the hours

Typically,

are:

access to

inservice

teachers.

resources housed in the center include ele-

mentary and secondary textbooks, a multicultural
curriculum

materials

curriculum

collection,

guides, games, instructional materials

kits,

tests

and computer software. A cluster of Macintosh
microcomputers and a laser printer are also avail-

Reading Clinic
The Reading

Clinic offers free diagnostic eval-

are monitored by student con-

uadon of reading skills of school-age children and

available to help students with

adults. Free remedial tutoring

problems using the equipment and
ware. These

and

instructional

-

urday noon to 5 p.m. and Sunday noon to 11:45

Work areas
sultants who are

and

and

Monday Thursday

8 a.m. to 11:45 p.m.; Friday 8 a.m. to 5 p.m.; Sat-

p.m.

of the Curriculum

to locate, acquire, catalog

basic soft-

PC and Macintosh computers

have

word processing, spreadsheet and other

programs. In addition, these computers provide

is

provided (Satur-

day mornings) on a space-available

basis.

Consul-

tation with the parents of school-age children

included in the evaluation process.
services are available

The

is

clinic's

September through August.

students with access to the library Voyager system,
library databases

and mainframe computer

for

scheduling.

Computing web

site at

http://acwvw.bloomu.edu

most current information about academic

computing on campus.
Institute for

tional

Clinic

community. Available services include evaluation

and fluand auditory training for
the hearing impaired and parent counseling.

and therapy

for speech, voice, language

ency; speech reading

lesion testing, hearing aid evaluadons

and

site

of

fitting.

Management Studies

Institute for

Management

Bloomsburg

The Speech, Hearing and Language

provides services to students, faculty, staff and the

Audiological assessment includes special

Comparative and

International
The

and Language

Clinic

Academic Computing offices are in 9 Benjamin Franklin Hall. The general office phone
number is (717) 389-3072. Visit the Academic
for the

Speech, Hearing

Comparative and InternaStudies

(ICIMS)

University's

missions

through sponsorship and

initiation

fulfills

and goals
of

activities

aimed at increased understanding of cross The institute initiates, coordinates and administers joint programs with overseas universities in
business administration; sponsors

management

Institute for Interactive Technologies

The

Institute

for

Interactive Technologies

(IIT) provides research, training, education

and

entrepreneurial assistance to solve training and
operational problems that occur in education

and industry through the application of various
interactive technologies.

The

IIT designs, devel-

ops and produces interactive technology-based
applications that include computer-based interac-

9
videodisc and digital technologies such as CDDVI and Quicktime. The IIT also provides workshops for interactive video training and opportu-

on campus,

as well as over

BUTV,

live

eral public areas

I,

the university's cable television channel, which

nities for

graduate assistantships in the Master of

Science program in instructional technology.

can be seen throughout the Bloomsburg and

Berwick areas. The message center
events, non-profit

Television

The

and Radio

Office of Television

is

given to

office also has a strong

WBUQ

FM, the student-operated campus radio

sta-

tion.

houses three television studios,

ranging from a sophisticated multicamera studio
for broadcast-level production, to a single-camera

VHS

studio where faculty

campus
and general

389-BUTV.

also responsible for the administration of

facility

activities

announcements, and can be accessed by calling

commitment to community service through program production and other services. The office is

The

group

and Radio Programs

television production. Wliile priority

91.1

suitable for

Services

and Services provides assistance with the production of instructional and other campus-oriented
academic endeavors, the

is

the posting of class schedule changes,

and students can

video-

Audio Visual Resources
Audio Visual Resources (AVR) provides uniand staff with an array of audio visual equipment, materials and services. Available
equipment includes video and 16mm film playback, audio equipment, 35mm and Polaroid cameras, flashes and accessories, slide projectors,
overhead and opaque projectors, screens, easels
and other items.
The staff can arrange for film delivery and setup in classrooms for faculty members as well as
delivery of other audio visual equipment. There is
versity faculty

tape projects in support of classroom assignments

also a repair center for imiversity-owned

or evaluations. Portable equipment, several video

visual

The

editing rooms, an audio recording studio, a video

copystand and a video paintbox device

is

also

faculty

facility

may

houses an auto-tutorial lab where

deposit audio visual materials for

independent study by students. The lab accom-

available.

The

audio

equipment.

office

is

the university's resource center

modates the viewing of films, videos,

slides,

audio

tion taping of lectures, presentations

and records. There is also a photo copystand area where materials can be photographed

academic

for the creation of slides.

for satellite video-conferencing; provides on-loca-

and other
and can record informational
programs off-air and off-satellite. The office can
copy videotapes (copyright permitting), and
activities;

cassettes

Additional

materials
es a sign

tem.

The

ly

office also

operates the campus video

message center providing constantly updated
information to television monitors located in

sev-

transparency

and lamination services. The area housand poster-making unit that can instantgenerate poster-size displays from letter-sized

tapes recorded in incompatible overseas formats

can be converted to the American television

sys-

resources include:

machines, dry presses, posterboard mounting

originals. If

needed, the

AVR staff can

creation of an original document.

assist in

the

10

Student Services

Identification

professor as soon as possible in order that an

Cards

Every degree and

non-degree student

understanding can be reached between professor
is

required to have a university identification card.
In addition to serving as a library card,

An

used

throughout the cam-

for general identification

pus.

it is

identification card

is

required for certain

campus events (including those covered by the
community activiues fee) and for dining hall
admission. This card can be obtained from the
Office of Student Standards in Elwell Hall, 389-

and

student. In cases of prolonged illness, for

which

strict

cerned

Bloomsburg Hospital
Health Center and is

The Student Health

Center, on the 300 level of

Kehr Union Building, provides care for minor
and illnesses. Students requesting an
appointment should call 389-4451 during posted
the

injuries

hours. For answers to medical questions, or advice

about health problems,

call

the Triage Nurse at

389-3800. In the event of an emergency and the
health center

is

closed, students should report

The Bloomsburg

Room. Students must show
burg University

I.D.

Hospital Emergency

their current

Blooms-

card to the emergency staff

when seeking treatment at the hospital to have
the emergency room fee waived.
The Student Health Center is staffed by registered nurses, nurse practitioners and part-time
physicians. Nurses refer students to the nurse

pracdtioner and part-time physicians as appropriate. Professional services

received at the center

are covered by the health service fee. Laboratory
tests will

be charged

to

insurance companies. Cost

for medical services received at

The Bloomsburg

Hospital (with the exception of the emergency

room

fee) will

be paid by the patient's insurance.

As part of an effort to provide improved services
for students, the Health Center announces any

changes

in the

information

in

Absence due
class

school newspaper and provides
brochures.
to illness

because of an

-

is

-

illness

A

student

who

must contact

misses

his or

her

con-

Transportation

to

The

paid for by the Student

available to

the service area provided by

students in

all

The Bloomsburg

Association. (Dial 911 for

ambulance

A student whose injury or accident is self-

induced must pay for the ambulance

Health Services

is

all

faculty.

service.)

directly to

and/or hospitalization

rest

Ambulance Service

Ambulance

4734.

bed

required, the Health Center will contact

Family Planning

-

service.

The Family Health

Center,

located in Bloomsburg, offers services for gynecological

exams, contraception, pregnancy testing

and counseling at a reduced fee through an
agreement with the Student Health Center. Sexually transmitted disease screening and treatment
is provided free through provisions from a state
contract. All visits are scheduled by appointment
and all services are confidential. Appointments
can be obtained by contacung the Family Health
Center, 2201 Fifth Street Hollow Road, Blooms-

burg, from 9 a.m. to 5 p.m., Monday, Wednesday,

Thursday and

Friday,

and from 9 a.m.

to

9 p.m. on

Tuesday, (717) 387-0236.

Insurance Coverage
In addition to the health service fee,

time students with nine or
international

more

students are

credits

all full-

and

all

required to have

appropriate accident and sickness insurance coverage. Students currendy covered by a plan

must

provide the Health Center with complete insur-

ance information including the name of the
insurance company, complete address, and all
policy and group numbers. Any change in insurance coverage should be reported immediately to

the Health Center

Students who do not have current insurance
may purchase the student health insurance plan
or another plan of their choice. The student

11
health insurance plan meets the needs of the indi-

Motor

vidual at the least possible cost, balancing the necessary coverage with the student's ability to pay.

Students should carefully review

determine

if it

this

plan

to

adequately meets their healtli care

needs. Filing of claims

is

solely the responsibility

of the student. All questions concerning claims

should be referred directly to

tlie

All

Vehicle Registration

motor

vehicles

must be registered with the

University Police Department. Parking decals are

issued

when

and must be

vehicles are registered

properly displayed on the vehicle according to
the University Parking Policy. Parking decals are
valid for

one year beginning with the

fall

semes-

insurance comter.

pany.

A

pany.

An

toll-free

number

application

provided by the com-

is

included along with

is

tration materials or can

be obtained

regis-

Health

at the

Center

Students must present their vehicle registration card,

proof of insurance,

decal.

Bloomsburg commuter students who are

show some form of

Bloomsburg University provides limited oncampus housing for graduate students during the
fall and spring semesters (more housing is available in the summer).
If you are interested in on-campus housing
accommodations, you will need to contact the
Office of Residence Life as early as possible. In
addition, the imiversiry's Office of Residence Life

The

maintains an off-campus housing directory.

newspaper,

Press-Enterprise, also

ings for rentals {Press-Enterprise,

has

list-

3185 Lackawanna

Avenue, Bloomsburg, PA 17815, (717) 784-2121).
For more information, contact the Director of
Residence

Residence Hall, Blooms-

Life, Elwell

burg University, 400

PA 17815-1301,

E.

Second

St.,

Bloomsburg,

(717) 389-4089.

dining

at

Scranton

Building snack bar. Meals
vidually or

Commons,

The
street

off

may be purchased

you may purchase a meal plan

indi-

as fol-

lows:

Road, the

lot

Street,

adjacent to Centennial
the

lot

Gym

next to the tennis

courts, the tri-level garage located near Carver

and the lot in front of Sudiff Hall.
You may park on campus in the designated

Hall,

areas during the following times:

Monday through Friday
6 a.m. to 2 a.m. in the

-

commuter areas
on campus

5 p.m. to 2 a.m. anywhere

except areas reserved for handicapped
or loading zones
Friday through Sunday

If

handicapped or loading areas

you must be on campus

after 2 a.m.

on Sun-

day through Thursday, you must have permission

from University

Police. Call

them

in

advance with

your vehicle's locaUon and purpose for staying on

campus.

19 meals per

week

-

For complete rules and regulations on vehicle

$702 (includes $50
14 meals per

week

flex

$575 (includes $50
7 meals per week -

account)

and parking, please contact the Uni-

versity Police at

flex

flex

389-4168 or 389-4170.

account)

Visitor
account)

$498 (includes $50 flex account)
For more information, contact the Food Service at 389-4484 or the Kehr Union Information
at 389-3900.

registration

-

$674 (includes $100
10 meals per week -

Desk

areas available for student parking are:

Second

the

or the Kehr Union

facility,

name and

the Bloomsburg Hospital parking lot on Light-

for

Meals are available

identification with

current local address.

5 p.m. on Friday until 2 a.m. on Sunday
anywhere on campus except areas reserved

Meal Plans
university's

and

not permanent residents of Bloomsburg must

Housing

local daily

driver's license

student identification card to obtain a parking

Parking

Visitors

who park on campus Monday through

Friday before 5 p.m. must park in a visitor space

and obtain the necessary parking pass. Visitors
may park anywhere during the weekend open
parking times, except

in areas

icapped or loading zones.

reserved for hand-

12

Career Development Center

University Store

The

University Store

textbooks, supplies,

sells

The Career Development Center

provides

clothing, stationery, food, gift items, sundry items

career counseling and planning assistance to stu-

and general reading materials.
Used books are available at 30 percent off the
list price. You may return new textbooks with the
receipt and your I.D. during the first two weeks of
each semester for the full value (if in the same

dents and alumni. In addition to individual career

condition

when purchased). A course withdrawal

form signed by your instructor must accompany
any book returned after the
each semester.

No

first

two weeks of

made on

refimds are

non-text

At the end of each semester, the university

book buyback. The store also offers
a special book order service. Other services
include: advanced deposit charge accounts, class
rings, consignment merchandise, dry cleaning,

store holds a

wrapping, laminating, lay-away,

cates,

able.

UPS

US

shipping,

post cards, a Western

gift

cerufi-

tocopying services,

postage stamps and

Union paying agency, phomoney orders and phone

maintains credential

year,

for interested stu-

files

interview graduating students for positions within
their organizations.

and spring semesters

Monday & Tuesday

& Thursday

Saturday

prepared

list is

summer months)

bi-

lisdng

employment opportunities received by the center
from various employers. This
individuals unable to

visit

list

can be mailed to

the center.

SIGI-PLUS, a computer-based career guidance
system,

is

available (by

appointment)

to further

students with the career decision-making

assist

process.

center

is

located in

Room

101 of the Kehr

Building. For informadon, call (717) 389-

4070.

8 a.m.

-

8 p.m.

8 a.m.

-

8 p.m.

8 a.m.

-

4:30 p.m.

10:30 a.m.

-

2:30 p.m.

Friday

A vacancy

weekly (weekly during

Union

Store hours:

Wednesday

avail-

ries, corporate literature, and various graduate
and law school catalogues.
The center sponsors job search workshops,
seminars and job fair programs throughout the

The

cards.

Fall

is

contains occupational information, job

search guides, employer/school district directo-

newspapers and magazines, photograph

services,

It

dents and alumni, and hosts employers wishing to

paperback books.

gift

counseling, an up-to-date career library

Summer sessions
8 a.m. - 4:30 p.m.
Monday through Friday
The University Store can be reached at the fol-

Student Recreation Center
The Student Recreation Center

located

on

Major features include an exercise room with step
machines, rowing machines, Cybex equipment

and

treadmills.

The main

lowing telephone numbers: (717) 389-4175, 3894176, 389-4180 or 389-4102.

is

Swisher Circle across from the tennis courts.

area has four intramural-size basket-

ball courts diat

The room

nis.

can be used for volleyball and ten-

is

circled by a one-eighth mile long

jogging track that goes by the south wall of eight-

Banking

foot high panels of glass with a view of Catawissa

Commonwealth Bank and
vice

branch

The bank

is

Trust has a

full-ser-

The north

wall

open from 10 a.m. to 2 p.m. Monday
If you do not have an account

are the free-weight rooms with mirrors on the

Commonwealth Bank, you

minimal check cashing

Two automated

will

be charged a

north

wall,

multipurpose room for aerobics and

dance, and four glass-backed racquetball courts
that are adaptable for wallyball.

fee.

The

center covers 56,000 square feet and

machines are located on
campus: one on the ground floor in the Kehr

fully

Union Building and one outside the

ation fee.

Store.

areas.

hosts a 55' x 8.5' climbing wall. Also in the center

through Friday.
with

Mountain and surrounding

of the University Store.

in the lobby

teller

University

funded through a

is

self-assessed student recre-

13

Center for Counseling and

Human

hood educadon and
gy-

Development
The Center

Counseling and

for

Human

Development provides individual counseling and
workshops

of areas including study

in a variety

communication,
drug and alcohol abuse, eating disorders (anorexia and bulimia) stress reduction and relaxation, time management and many other areas relating to daily living. In addition to individual counseling, group
seminar workshops are conducted in classes and
assertiveness,

skills,

racism, sexism,

effective

human

sexuality,

,

The

resident halls.

center also provides support

groups for non-tradidonal students.
services are confidendal. Information

All

and

released only with the verbal

of the student.

The Center

Human Development

is

of Ben Franklin Hall in
are 8 a.m. to 4:30 p.m.,

Special

for Counseling

located

Room

on the top
17.

and
floor

Office hours

Monday through

(717)

Friday.

is

389-4255. Adult stu-

dents are encouraged to take advantage of the

many

months to 12 years are eligible.
and advanced registration is
required. The center operates on the same schedthe ages of 18

There

a

is

fee

ule as the university calendar

Throughout the academic

the center

year,

operates separate classrooms for toddlers, threeyear-olds,

and

four-

may enjoy learning
and music.

and

five-year-olds.

Children

stations, circle time, stories

summer, the center provides a
camp atmosphere
and many activities and field trips.
In the

school-age program with a day

For further informadon,

is

appointments are available weekends

available by calling

The child center is open from 7:45 a.m. to 5
Monday through Friday. Children between

p.m.,

call

(717) 389-4547.

written consent

and/or evenings. Twenty-four hour coverage

center's

a bachelor of arts in sociolo-

services.

Accommodative Services
The

Office of Accommodative Services, locatBen Franklin Hall, offers a wide range of
activities designed to support and enhance the

ed

in

performance of students wiUi
include,

disabilities. Services

but are not limited

accommodative

testing,

of

provision

to:

note takers, scribes, inter-

preters, readers, auxiliary aides, adaptive equip-

ment. The office also serves as a liaison between

accommoda-

students and faculty in classroom

Multicultural Center

Uon.

The Multicultural Center, located in the Kehr
Union Building, provides an additional forum for
the education of Bloomsburg University's campus
community. The center sponsors and co-sponsors
programs and activiues that focus on the contributions of those Americans who represent diverse
cultures at Bloomsburg University. The center
also coordinates programming.

Accommodative

Services

also

an

stands as

advocate for students regarding issues of accom-

modation beyond the classroom and
son with other campus

offices.

acts as a

The

office

liai-

is

in

roudne contact with state vocational rehabilitadon and visual services to ensure that the student
is

receiving adequate support from both the uni-

and other agencies.
some instances, documentaUon of the disability may be required; all candidates are strong-

versity

In

Child Care Center
The Campus Child
lower

level

of

Center, located on the

Elwell

preschool/daycare

Hall,

facility for

versity students, faculty, staff

operates

as

a

the children of uni-

and alumni.

Licensed by the state of Pennsylvania, the center

is

directed by Judy

Coleman

ly

encouraged

to contact Peter B. Walters, direc-

tor of Accommodadve Services, at (717) 389-4491

(V-TDD).

A

pated needs

comprehensive discussion of
is

antici-

a critical process in the formation

of a plan for accommodative support.

Brinich, a certi-

fied teacher with 17 years of experience, master's

degrees in educadon and excepdonalities and a

Graduate Student Council
The Graduate Student Coimcil

is

officially rec-

bachelor of science in early childhood education.

ognized by Bloomsburg University's Community

Kathy Johnson, assistant director, has eight years

Government Associadon

of experience, a master of science in early child-

of the graduate student body.

as the execiuive

The

branch

council serves

14
as

an intermediary between the graduate student

Graduate students are not

nity activities sticker.

body, the assistant vice president and dean of

required to pay the fee, but must do so

graduate studies and research, graduate

desire

faculty,

and student representatives who
make recommendations on curriculum and poli-

administrators

cy for the imiversity's graduate program.

Kehr Union
The Kehr Union Building

a predominantly

is

student-governed and operated

facility

serving as

forum for programs presented by student, academic and outside organizations. The union pro-

a

vides facilities for

many

food court and snack

services including a large

and houses the Office
of Student Life, the Health Center and the Career
Development and Placement Center. Also located
bar,

the imion are the Information Center,

in

munity

Activities Office,

as well as

many student

Student

from your tuition

munity

is

staffed

Student organization mailboxes are located

The

is

available

Do

not include

this

One person (one semester): $20
One person (two semesters): $35
Two persons (one semester): $32.50
Two persons (two semesters): $60
Additional persons (two semesters): $8

Summer fee: $2 per week
Some work-study positions
dents

may be

Community AcUvities
more information at (717) 389-4463.

Some

from the center:

and staff; frequently requested local phone numbers; event
and activity announcements; and ticket sales and
registrations for Commimity Government Association events. Program Board activities. Celebrity
Artist Series student tickets, concerts, and various
other trips and programs.
With the exchange of your identification card,
you can borrow the following from the center:
current magazines and newspapers, TTD telephone aid and conference room keys. Call (717)
for students, faculty

for graduate stu-

available in the Student Activities

Office. Contact the

for

munity

following

University,

Current community activities fees for graduate

at

the center.

phone numbers

to the

Kehr Union Build400 E. Second Street,

Additional persons (one semester): $6

by student employees and one full-time coordinator.

"Com-

students (paid at one time) are as follows:

Com-

seven days

a week during the semesters, the center

fee (payable to

fee with the fees payable to the business office.

Center, located

Open

The

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301.

Union
Building, provides an information exchange for
the entire university commimity.

or

If you

Activities Office,

Bloomsburg

ing,

the Kehr

to

they

if

facilities

must be paid direcUy

bill.

Activities")

Community

offices.

main entrance

athletic

do pay
the fee, you may wish to purchase a community
activities card for your family, which entides them
to some of the same privileges it affords you.
The community activities fee is paid separately

Kehr Union Information Center
inside the

campus

utilize

attend events at a reduced or no fee.

Activities Office,

The Kehr Union Information

to



ball
es;

Office

special privileges covered by the

com-

activities fee:

Free admission for one person to

home

foot-

games, basketball games and wrestling match-

movies; dances; university theater producdons;

Community

Arts Coimcil cultural events (limited

seats available); musical events;

Centennial and

Nelson pools; and Bloomsburg's town pool

(in

summer, one visit per day).
• Reduced rates for Concert Committee-sponsored events, Travel Service-sponsored trips, and
Bloomsburg Theatre Ensemble performances
(provided you arrive one hour before the performance and seats are available).

389-3900 for additional details about services pro-

Celebrity Artist Series

vided.

Numerous

Community

Activities Office

The Community

Activities Office

the

handles

col-

community activities fee for gradustudents and administers emergency loans for

lection of the

ate

graduate students

who have purchased

a

commu-

cultural attractions are

university each

year.

The

brought to

Celebrity Artist

performing artists and
symphony orchestras, musical troupes,
dance companies and popular personalities. The
series is sponsored by the Commimity Arts CounSeries features notable

groups

-

which

cil,

bers,

is

comprised equally of

students and

Faculty, staff

munity

community

faculty

mem-

representatives.

and students who have paid a comare provided seating on a lim-

activities fee

ited basis.

A subscription

plan

is

available for pre-

and may be obtained from the
Office of Academic Support Services located in
lower Luzerne Hall.
ferred seating

Provost's Lecture Series

The

Provost's Lecture Series provides a public

forum for the

university, as well as

communities, to share the

fruits

Scholars, executives, journalists

from
to

all

and

surrounding
of learning.
professionals

various walks of life are invited to

campus

speak about academic issues and special topics

of interest. Faculty

members

often encourage stu-

dents to attend events related to their discipline.

The

events are free

and open

to the public.

16

Academic

Policies

Admission to Bloomsburg University

mined by the
qualifications.

is

Entrance requirements to graduate studies

deter-

and personal

applicant's academic

Decisions are reached without

Bloomsburg University vary according
gram.

Minimum

to

at

pro-

requirements for applicants for

regard to race, color, religion, sex, age, national

graduate study include a baccalaureate degree

origin, ancestry, life style, sexual orientation, dis-

from an accredited college or university or the
equivalent degree from a foreign institution and

Vietnam era veteran
membership.

abilities,

status,

Applicants must be graduates

or union

a

or seniors

of,

in,

minimum undergraduate
on

(Q.P.A.) of at least 2.5

quality point average

a 4.0 scale. Most appli-

accredited bachelors programs at four-year col-

cants will be required to take either the Graduate

leges or universities or have the equivalent of a

Record Exam, Miller Analogies

bachelors degree from a foreign institution.

Teacher Examination, or Graduate Management

Acceptance to a graduate program

Admissions Test as required by the program. Any

j

mined by the

is

deter-

and dean of
graduate studies and research upon recommendation of the graduate program coordinator.
Acceptances are tentative if based on evaluations of transcripts that show work in progress;
final action

assistant vice president

is

taken after complete transcripts

have been received and evaluated.

testing fees

Nadonal

Test,

must be paid by the student.

Special Categories
Foreign Students

-

Individuals from foreign

countries must complete a separate Graduate

Admissions Application for International Students. This application

form

is

available

from the

Office of Graduate Studies, 109 Waller Adminis-

Procedures
Application
applications

materials

and

instructions

for

may be secured by contacting the
and dean of graduate stud-

assistant vice president
ies

and research

Research,

(Office of Graduate Studies

and

109 Waller Administration Building,

Bloomsburg University, 400 E. Second Street,
Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301; telephone (717)
389-4015;

fax

(717)

389-3054;

e-mail:

carnold@bloomu.edu
To be eligible for admission:
1. Complete and submit an official application
to the Office of Graduate Studies.
2. Arrange for an official transcript of undergraduate grades be sent to the Office of Graduate

tration Building,

Bloomsburg

Second

Bloomsburg, PA

U.S.A.
results

to

which application

is

Consideration of an application

will

not occur

until all required materials are received.

The non-refimdable $25

application fee must

be paid prior to consideration of the application.

E.

as a

Foreign Lan-

(TSE),

if

available in the country of residence,

submitted direcdy to the Office of Graduate Stud-

from the Educational Tesdng Service, P. O.
Box 6151, Princeton, NJ 08541-6151, U.S.A.
A minimum score of 550 on the TOEFL, taken
ies

within two years prior to the date submitted,

is

required. All international applicants must have
their applications

complete

at least four

months

prior to tbe start of the semester for which they
are applying.
-

Persons

who

university instruction, but

master's degree,

made.

400

17815-1301,

applicants must have the

from the Test of English

Non-Degree

Provide other materials as required by the

program

International

University,

guage (TOEFL) and the Test of Spoken English

Studies.
3.

Street,

desire graduate-level

do not intend

may be admitted

as

to earn a

non-degree

students provided they present official transcripts

denoting graduation from an accredited undergraduate college or university. This
ry

for students

who

are

is

the catego-

auditing a course.

(

17
enrolling

gram, or
classes

supervisory certificate

the

in

in the process of

pro-

but have not completed the regular admis-

sions process prior to taking classes.

Non-degree students may apply

to the

Gradu-

However, no more than 12 semester hours

earned

a non-degree student

as

may be

applied toward a master's degree, except
special permission

is

later

when

granted by the assistant vice

and dean of graduate

president

studies

may

under

ate course during the semester they will

complete

undergraduate degree, and they must need

their
less

cer-

can only take a gradu-

than a

full

load of classes to graduate. Second,

recommendation from their imdergraduate
adviser is required. These students must follow
a

the regular graduate application process.

Audits

Provisional visional in a

A student may

be admitted as pro-

degree program when the student

possesses a baccalaureate degree but does not

admission as speci-

criteria for regular

fied by the

program. The reasons for a student's

provisional status will be specified in the letter of

admission.

When

Courses may be audited for self-improvement.
Students must follow the regular graduate application process, pay

and dean of graduate

automatic

certification by the student's adviser. If

attained, the student

Transfers

The

-

may be

may

transfer

up

studies

Upon compledon

grade of V

and research.

Stu-

is

of an audited course, a

recorded on the student's transcript.

Off-Campus Courses

and procedures

described imder admissions apply to transfer students. Students

and

not

dismissed.

criteria

the required fees,

dents auditing a course are not required to take
tests.

is

all

obtain the approval of the assistant vice president

these conditions are attained,

transfer to regular student status

upon

register for graduate courses

and

research.

meet the

Current Bloomsburg University undergraduates

tain conditions. First, they

ate School for transfer to provisional or regular
status.

Graduate Courses in the Senior Year

applying for regular

to nine hours, in

which a grade of B or higher is earned, taken at
another college or university, with the approval of

program coordinator and the assisand dean of graduate studies
and research. Transfer credits must be capable of
their graduate

tant vice president

counting toward a degree at the institution

at

which they were taken. Further, they must meet
the Bloomsburg University standard of 15 contact

hours per semester hour (credit hour) and no

more than one semester hour completed per

Bloomsburg often

offers

graduate courses at

Commonwealth. These
graduate courses are open to students who are
not enrolled in a master's program at Bloomsburg University; however, these students must
other locauons

in

the

obtain approval from the assistant vice president

and dean of graduate

and research to
and must complete an
application for admission to Graduate Studies
prior to the completion of die semester in which
enroll

in

studies

these classes

Also, enrollment

they are enrolled.

applying to the Graduate School

is

prior to

limited to 3

credits.

week. All courses, whether taken at Bloomsburg
University or at other institutions,

counting

Refunds

toward a graduate degree must be completed
within six years. For additional information
transfer credits,

on
see "Transfer of Credits" under

All withdrawals require the

assistant vice president

approval of the

and dean of graduate stud-

and research. Immediately after withdrawal, a
requesting a refund must be directed to the
Business Office, Bloomsburg University.
Depending on the time of withdrawal, a paries

Academic

Policies.

letter

Readmission
If

a graduate student has not enrolled in any
tial

graduate course for a two-year period, the
dent's record

is

stu-

marked "withdrawn" and placed
A new application and $25 fee

in the inactive files.

must then be submitted

refund of fees

mum

forfeit of

tuition will

class

possible.

Except for mini-

be based on the following schedule

(subject to change)

for reactivation.

is

advanced deposits, refunds for

if

applicable after the

day of each semester:

first full

18

Tuition and Fees
Graduate

tuition

and

fees for the 1997-98

academic year are subject

ate governing boards. (Fees are generally reviewed
effective in the

fall

semester). Prices

Tuition (9-15 hours,

full

and

revised in

to

change by appropri-

mid-summer, with changes

shown are per semester

time)

Pennsylvania

Out-of-State

Resident

Resident

$1,734

$3,118

$193

$346

Tuition (per hour)

Student Union Fee

One

four semester hours

15

15

Five to eight semester hours

30

30

Nine or more semester hours

60

60

37

37

Not required

Not required

to

Student Health Service

Nine or more semester hours
Eight or

less

(obligatory)

semester hours

Academic Equipment Fee

One

to eleven semester

11.50/ hour

11.50/hour

136 /semester

136/ semester

hours

Twelve or more semester hours

Student Union Operation Fee

One

to eleven

semester hours

2.25

Twelve or more

/hour

2.25

/hour

26.75 /semester

26.75 /semester

72.50

72.50

Recreation Fee

Twelve or more

One

to eleven semester

6.25/hour

6.25/hour

hours

Graduation and Diploma Fee
10

(does not cover academic regalia)

10

Late Registration Fee

10

10

Late Payment Fee

25

25

All students taking

nine or more semester hours and

all

required to have health insurance. Students may also enroll

international students are
in the university's

student health

plan. For informaUon, contact the Health Center at (717) 389-4451 or (717) 389-4452.

19

90%
50%
25%

through second week

First

Third through fourth week
Fifth

through eighth week

After the eighth

0%

week

A student who

does not attend

class for

which

he or she has been properly scheduled and does
not submit a request to add/drop/withdraw
courses by the appropriate dates
billing

and

will

liable

is

for

not be eligible for a refund.

options

to

University

provides

help graduate students

Some

may be

federal fellowships

selected fields of study.

offered in

Program coordinators

should be contacted regarding

availability.

In

addition,

the Pennsylvania Higher Education

Assistance

Agency Loan Program

is

available, as

program. For more

well as the student work-study

information regarding these forms of financial
aid, contact the Office

of Financial Aid, Benjamin

Franklin Hall, Bloomsburg University, 400 E. Sec-

Financial Help/Assistantships
Bloomsburg

Other Forms of Aid

ond
several

Street,

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301, (717)

389-4279 or (717) 389-4297.

financially.

Graduate assistantships are available for students
pursuing a master's degree.

The number of assist-

Academic

antships in any particular program or department

Sdpends are awarded by the assistant
vice president and dean of graduate studies and
research upon the recommendation of departments that have graduate programs. Stipends are
available during the academic year and the summer sessions. Most students are granted assistantships for one semester at a time. Some graduate
can

vary.

however, are granted assistantships
under a two-semester contract. Graduate students

Policies
of a graduate student at

Responsibilities

Bloomsburg University include:


Each student

will

take the initiative to be

aware of all imiversity policies as described

and in class schedules.
Each student will take responsibility

in this

catalog


for satis-

fying requirements for graduation in his or her

students,

who have had an

assistantship in

one program are

not eligible for an assistantship in a second pro-

field.




are either "half-time" which

require 20 hours of work each week or "quarter-

dme" which require 10 hours of work each week.
Both types of assistantships carry a

partial tuition

waiver. In addition, half-time graduate assistants

stipend for the semester.

Summer

stipends are

$825.

Each student should

identify

uate weakness or deficiency

graduate

advisers.

and

any undergrad-

discuss

them with
might

weaknesses

(Such

include, but are not limited

to,

not having proper

undergraduate prerequisites for the desired graduate program.)

receive a stipend of $2,118 for the semester, while

quarter-time graduate assistants receive a $1,059

staff will assist

on courses and odier matters

rest with the student.

gram.
Assistantships

While graduate advisers and

students, decisions



Students are expected to attend

and take

all

all

classes

examinations. Absences from gradu-

ate classes are granted only for urgent

and

verifi-

able reasons; students granted an absence from

Applications for graduate assistantships are

can expect assistance from professors
making up work or examinations.

class

available at the Office of

Graduate Studies and

in

should be submitted to the department or pro-

gram

to which the student is applying. Upon
award of a graduate assistantship, the document,

"Criteria for

Graduate Assistantship"

will

be pro-

vided by the Office of Graduate Studies. This doc-

ument

describes Graduate School policies for the

administration of assistantships.

Advisers
Students

who

are provisional, regular or can-

didates for a degree, along with students enrolled
in

the

supervisory certificate

assigned graduate advisers.
adviser are:

The

programs, are
duties of the

20
• to



serve as a consultant in planning the stu-

program

dent's

to help students

• to certify

choose courses

program

degree candidacy and graduation
to

(if

appropriate

your program)


and

nation

comprehensive exami-

required by the graduate program

selected).

Upon acceptance into a program of study, the
program coordinator is usually assigned as a temporary adviser. A permanent adviser is selected by
the student and temporary adviser, taking into
account the student's research and career interests.

If this

advisee,

individual

she/he

is

sessions, the

is

six full

weeks, the

Credit

maximum

course

semester hour per week of full-time

is

at the rate

summer session

course load during

6 semester hours).

is

measured

of

the

if

maximum

1

in

terms of semester hours,

semester hour for 15 hours of

lec-

ture/discussion work plus final examinations.

to arrange for a

(if

1

that session

endorse the student's application for

to

summer

is

course work. (For example,

the courses students do choose are

part of their degree


For
load

accepts

the student as

Courses numbered 500 or higher in

this cata-

number)
are graduate courses. Courses numbered lower
than 500 that are listed in this catalog are open to
both graduate students and advanced undergraduates. Graduate students may apply only 12
semester hours of courses numbered 400 to 500
log (the last three digits of the course

that are listed in this catalog toward a master's

degree

formally appointed permanent

adxiser by the assistant vice president

and dean of

graduate studies and research upon recommendation of the department involved.

Non-degree students are not assigned

advisers.

They may regard the assistant vice president and
dean of graduate studies and research as their
adviser for choosing courses and interpreting academic regulations.

Transfer of Credits
No more than 12 credits

earned, with a grade

may

of B or higher, outside of a degree program

be applied to the program in which the student

may
grade of B

up

matriculaung. Students

transfer

hours, in which a

or higher

is

is

to nine

earned,

taken at another college or university, with the

approval of their graduate program director and

Scheduling, Registration,

and Course

Information
Students register for graduate courses through

department or the Registrar's Office, except
for students in non-degree status who submit

and dean of graduate
and research. Credits applied to an under-

the assistant vice president
studies

graduate degree cannot be applied to a graduate
degree. Credits not applying to an earned degree,

their

such as credits earned
credits

their registration materials directly to the Office

of Graduate Studies.

Any graduate student who does not attend
class for

which he or she has been properly sched-

and does not submit a request for
add/drop/withdraw courses by the appropriate
dates is liable for billing and will not be eligible
uled

for a refund.

The course load each semester
student

is

purposes,

full

time

dents employed

is

full

9 credits and over). For

time, however, the

course load each semester

For half-time graduate
is

for a full-time

12 semester hours (for financial aid

is

in

non-degree status or

program from which the

stu-

dent has withdrawn, may apply to a degree program. Internal transfers are limited to 12 credits
of courses, which must be relevant to the degree

program the student is pursuing, and must be
approved by the graduate program coordinator
and the assistant vice president and dean of graduate studies and research. Transferred courses
taken at Bloomsburg University will contribute to
the student's QPA when determining academic
standing. Graduate courses taken at

maximum

course load

6 to 9 semester hours; for quarter-time graduate

assistants,

in a

Bloomsburg

stu-

6 semester hours.

assistants, the

earned

University but not transferred into a degree pro-

gram do not contribute

to

when determining academic
for transfer of credits

the student's
standing.

A

QPA

request

must be submitted on an

application form available in the Office of Gradu-

9 to 12 semester hours.
ate Studies.

21
After formal admission to the School of Grad-

and

two courses

in

which a grade

B and

than

less

transfer

greater than C- has been recorded (totaling not

graduate credits must be pre-approved by the pro-

which the course was taken. Also, students must

more than 6 semester hours) may be repeated
upon application to the assistant vice president
and dean of graduate studies and research. The
application shall be approved upon request in
writing by the student's graduate program coordinator and department chairperson.
The initial grade remains on the transcript as
part of the student's permanent record. The

have earned a grade of B or higher. Credit for a

grade of the repeated course

uate Studies,

all

requests to take

gram coordinator. Students must have taken the
course(s) in residence and the content of the
course(s) must match the required areas of study
in the student's master's program at Bloomsburg.
Transfer credit must be capable of counting
toward a graduate degree at the institution

grade

pass/fail

is

at

not transferable. In general,

workshop format courses are not acceptable in
transfer; however, if the workshop fulfills the following requirements,

Bloomsburg

transfer to

hours

(15

for

The course must

burg University

in

part of the per-

A

A

course

stu-

may be

course taken at Blooms-

which a grade of below

C

be repeated at Bloomsburg University. Although

consist of 45 contact

contact hours per semester

this

is

a general graduate school policy, individual

departments or graduate programs may imple-

hour) for a 3-semester hour course;


dent's quality point average.

repeated only once.

is

used to calculate the

is

(below 2.0 quality points) has been earned must

University:

The course should



may be considered

it

manent record and

ment more

include exposure to the

stringent requirements.

disciplinary research literature appropriate

Academic Grievance Procedure

to the course;

The course must



for outside

Alleged academic injustices relating to grades

include the opportunity

work such

as

term or research

or professional conduct should be resolved infor-

papers or other major assignments appropriate to a graduate course;

The course must be



mally,

taught as part of a

which the course was taken. Profesdevelopment workshops are not

week

first

discuss

take place as soon as possible after the alleged

acceptable.

The course

The student should

resolved expeditiously, the consultation (s) should

sional



possible.

the matter with the concerned faculty

master's degree curriculum of the university at

if

member,
appropriate chairperson, and college dean or the
assistant vice president and dean of graduate studies and research. In order for the matter to be

and

duration sholuld be over one

for each credit (e.g., 3

weeks for a 3 credit

incident has occurred.

If

informal attempts to

resolve the matter are unsuccessful, the student

should consult with the assistant vice president

course).

Under

certain conditions, credits applying to

and dean of graduate

studies

and research who

an earned degree may apply to a subsequent

will

degree. Courses transferred must be relevant to

ing a formal grievance with the academic griev-

the program in which the student

ance coordinator for a hearing before the Acade-

The

is

matriculat-

must be approved by the graduate program coordinator and assistant vice president and dean of Graduate Studies and Research.
Transferred credits must not reduce the number
of credits earned in the program below 24. Credits transferred in this manner do not contribute
to the QPA when determining academic standing.
ing.

transfer

inform the student of procedures for

mic Grievance Board.

Academic Probation
A graduate
ry

student not maintaining satisfacto-

academic progress may be placed

probationary

maximum

status.

Enrollment

less

than

C

emic probation
in

which a grade of

has been recorded or a

maximum

of

is

in

academic

limited to a

of 9 semester hours for the grading

period in probationary

Repeat of Courses
A maximum of one course

initiat-

assistantship.

is

status.

A student

on acad-

not eligible to hold a graduate

To be removed from academic

pro-

bation, a graduate student with a quality point

22
average deficiency must attain the
all

minimum

over-

quality point average of 3.0 as required by the

School of Graduate Studies for regular graduate

QPA

attains a 3.0

period

A

and degree candidates.

students

or higher for the

academic probationary

in

student

degree

status.

A graduate student is

to register for

any courses

in

a

non-

in

not permitted

program from

which he or she was dismissed.

grading

Under excepdonal circumstances and with

but does

approval of the assistant vice president and dean

first

status,

who

degree program or to further their studies

not attain the required overall QPA, may be rec-

for

ommended

may readmit

by his or her academic adviser, the

the

Graduate Studies and Research, a program
a dismissed student. In the latter

graduate program coordinator and the depart-

instance,

limitation

for

ment chairperson to the assistant vice president
and dean of graduate studies and research for
continuation on probation for one addidonal

expired courses shall be applied. Graduate

stu-

grading period.

Graduate Council. The decision of the council

Graduate students who

mal standards for

fail

to

meet the mini-

of graduate studies and research.

six-year

may appeal

dents dismissed for academic reasons
their dismissal within

one

year, in writing, to the
is

final.

be

satisfactory progress will

notified by the assistant vice president

normal

the

and dean

Failure

Examinations
As part of the master's degree requirement, a

to

request academic probation will result in academ-

comprehensive examination

Such students may submit a request
in writing to their academic advisers to be granted academic probation. Upon recommendation
of the academic adviser, graduate program coordinator, and department chairperson, and
approval by the assistant vice president and dean

required. Also, an examination in defense of a

ic

dismissal.

master's thesis

ExcepUons

to these proce-

dures under extraordinary circumstances

be

will

by written request to the assistant vice president

and dean of graduate

studies

and

research.

who

is

and

not permitted to enroll in pro-

is

excluded from registration,

student's academic record

tlie

is

marked

"academic dismissal."
Dismissal

below the

is

automatic

minimum

after

Normally, the master's thesis consists of an

independent

QPA

is

two grading periods

in

if

the overall

interpreting

status.

Dismissal

receipt of grades below a

is

C

in

also automatic
in

two graduate

A

missal

not eligible to attend courses offered in

graduate student under academic

dis-

the School of Graduate Studies for a period of at
least

one calendar

year.

A dismissed graduate student
od of one

which

and presendng a body of informaproblem in the stu-

it

year, reapply to the

can include the preparation and exhibition

or presentation of creative works in certain programs.

The School of Graduate Studies requires
be a minimum of 6 semester hours. If

that a thesis

the thesis

is

greater than 6 hours, only 6 semester

ments.

courses.
is

investigation

to solve a formal research

If

Comprehensive Examination two times while

upon

scholarly

includes the experience of collecdng, assembling,

hours may be counted toward degree require-

probationary status or after failing to pass the
probationary

who choose

Paper

ly,

ry progress,

be

dent's academic or professional field. Alternative-

student not maintaining satisfacto-

bationary status,

required of students

to

Master's Thesis or Departmental

Uon

Academic Dismissal
A graduate

likely

to write a thesis.

of graduate studies and research, probationary
status will be granted.

is

is

a master's thesis

is

program, a committee

included
is

in the student's

appointed by the

assis-

and dean of graduate studies
and research from individuals nominated by the
student's adviser. A "Form for the Appointment of
a Thesis Committee" is available for this purpose
from the Office of Graduate Studies. The comtant vice president

mittee guides the study, approves the thesis in

both form and content, arranges for the defense,
may, after a peri-

School of Graduate

Studies in order to imdertake studies in a

new

cerufies satisfactory

compledon of the

thesis,

and

determines the grade. Final copies of every thesis

23
must

utilize the

format as presented

Thesis: Procedures,"

in "Master's

and must be printed on 100

and pay the graduation

(717) 389-4263,
to the

deadline

percent cotton paper suitable for archiving such

Each program

as that available at the University Store.

Bloomsburg University requires

Some

master's degree requirements include a

departmental paper. Such a paper
as

one

that grows out of a course

is

interpreted

and therefore

does not require special registration or carry

own

credit.

must be

its

your faculty adviser

as part

of

Information about master's thesis procedures

and departmental paper procedures is available
from the Office of Graduate Studies and should
all

graduate students prior to begin-

Students must have a cumulative

University.

The graduate calendar

comand departmental papers, comprehensive examinations, etc. These are dead-

gives deadlines for applying for graduation,

pletion of thesis

lines,

but students should plan to complete each

Human

Graduate Transcripts

where

the use of any

or animal subjects, the

stu-

dent must seek appropriate approvals through
the Institutional Review

Board

for

Human

Sub-

and/or the Institutional Animal Care and
Use Committee. Students should discuss the
application process with their faculty adviser and

jects

obtain

the

appropriate approval

in

by

possible.

request a graduate transcript

letter,

or by

filling

the Registrar's Office.

out a form available from

The

cost per transcript

is

$3.

Grades
Grades and their commensurate quality points
are as follows:

A=
to

Candidacy

4.00

A- = 3.67

Candidacy requirements, when relevant, are
described under each program. Not

all

B+ = 3.33
B = 3.00
B-= 2.67

programs

have candidacy requirements.

C+ =

Time Limitation
Each student

is

C

years. This includes courses

1.67

D+= 1.33
D = 1.00

six cal-

accepted by

Bloomsburg University will grant extensions for sufficient reason, upon application to
the assistant vice president and dean of graduate
studies and research and with the approval of the
student's adviser. This extension must be requested before the six-year period ends.

2.33

= 2.00

C-=

expected to complete the

requirements for a master's degree within

E=

transfer.

0.00

P = Passing grade

F = Failing grade

R

who

are

ic

in

completing degree pro-

grams must apply for graduation

at the Office of

the Registrar, Benjamin Franklin Hall, telephone

in thesis/ research
in thesis/research

= Research in progress

The grades
credit at

given to each student for academBloomsburg University are assigned by

those faculty

Graduation Requirements
Students

whenever

Waller Administration Building.

Admission

endar

may

date,

through the Registrar's Office. This may be done

application

forms from the Office of Research and Sponsored

Programs

Students

a student's research requires

human

QPA of 3.0 or

higher to graduate with a master's degree from

segment before the due

or Animal Research

30 semes-

repeated.

ning a thesis or departmental paper project.

In cases

at least

hours of graduate credit. Courses with grades

Bloomsburg

the application for graduation.

that leads to a master's degree at

below C earn no credit toward a master's degree
and any course with a grade below C must be

Completion of a departmental paper

certified by

be read by

ter

fees prior

listed in the university calendar.

who

are responsible for the course

which the student
I -

is

enrolled.

Incomplete; work must be completed with-

in four months unless the assistant vice president
and dean of graduate studies and research

24
extends the period for adequate reason. If the
work is not made up, the grade is changed to F,
and the student is denied further opportunity to
complete the work.
- Withdrawn with approval of the assistant
vice president and dean of graduate studies and
research. The graduate student must apply to the
assistant vice president and dean of graduate stud-

W

ies

and research

If this

for permission to

permission

is

required before midpoint of

the semester, the grade
after the

is

W.

If

otherwise.

The

midpoint.

V- Audit

is

is

-

is

CR

grade reported. This temporary nota-

recorded
-

until

an

official

This notation appears

been repeated.

A

course

To


received.

QPA, follow this process:
number of quality points
number of semester hours

calculate your

Multiply the

each grade by the

for
for

that course.


Add



Divide the total by the

Registrar establishes the semes-

is

a course has

may be repeated only

is

passing the course, and E

grade

when

once.

W,

the withdrawal

midpoint of the semester, the grade

providing the student

ter's

be withdrawn.

X No
tion

hours for

When

these points

all

a course has

last entry.

sum

of the semester

grades used in the computation.

been repeated, use only the

25

Academic Programs

26

Art History, Art Studio (M.A.)

Administered By: Department of Art

Campus

Admission. In addition to meeting the general

Address: 213 Old Science Hall

admission requirements for the School of Gradu-

Bloomsburg University
400

E.

Second

ate Studies, applicants

page statement of

Street

must

also include a one-

their objectives

and philoso-

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301

phy. Applicants to art history

Telephone Number: (717) 389-4646

ing sample. Those choosing the master's degree

must include a

writ-

Fax Number: (717) 389-4946

in art studio

Coordinator: Vera

sleeve of slides representative of their creative

L.

Viditz-Ward, M.F.A.

Degree Awarded: Master of Arts

work.

Upon

need

submit an 8" x 10"

to

plastic

acceptance, students are required to

appear for a personal interview with the depart-

Departmental Faculty
Professors: Stewart L. Nagel.

ment chairperson, program coordinator and an
Gary

F.

adviser in dieir major field. At this time, any defi-

Clark, Bar-

bara J. Strohman

ciencies in the applicant's

background

A thesis

lined.

are required for art studio majors.

Walters

Assistant Professors: Vincent

be

and an exhibition of creative work
A thesis and

Burns, Christine M. Sperling, Vera L. Viditz-

Ward, Charles

T.

will

noted and an appropriate course of study out-

Associate Professors: Karl A. Beamer, Carol B.

Hron, Andrea Pear-

son

presented paper are required for art history
majors.

Retention and Candidacy. Requirements of

About Art History
The Master of

this

program in art history
develops an advanced knowledge base, writing
proficiency and research skills enabling the student to pursue a variety of professional options.

minimum

of 30 semester hours

is

A

required

including a thesis based on the student's area of
interest. In

mittee,

conjunction with the student's com-

an individualized program of study

is

program are outlined

in tlie

graduate catalog.

Graduation. Art studio majors

Arts

choose an

will

area of concentration consisting of four levels of

the selected specialization along with selected
elective courses as suggested by their

committee.

Art history majors

an area of

will specialize in

study along with advanced general studies.

imum

of 30 semester hours

is

may be exceeded depending on

ber

designed. Opportunities for interdisciplinary and

program.

off-campus experiences are available.

this

All

A min-

required; this

num-

the student's

other graduation requirements for

program are the same

as for the

School of

Graduate Studies.

About Art Studio
The Master of

lowing studio areas: drawing,
graphics,

painting,

crafts,

ceramics,

photography or sculpture,

with concurrent or parallel
art history,

work

in the areas of

philosophy and psychology of art, and

visual aesthetics for a

Permanent Art and Slide Collections.
operates the Haas Gallery of Art,
which features monthly exhibitions of varied art
forms. A special exhibition of student art work is
held annually, and an exhibition organized and
Gallery,

program in art studio
emphasizes the development of creative and
scholarly competencies in one or more of the folArts

minimum

of 30 semester

The department

planned by students

in the art gallery

held in the spring of each year.

course

is

The department

of art maintains an extensive permanent art collection of

more than 400

hours. Opportunities for off-campus experiences

played throughout

are available.

slide collection

tlie

pieces with works dis-

campus. The department's

numbers more than 50,000

units.

27

Required Courses
Graduate courses
32.500, 01, 02, 03

Faculty Research Interests
Karl A. Beamer, M.EA., associate professor

in art studio:

Advanced Ceramics

rv

Carol B. Burns, M.F.A., associate professor

32.510, 11, 12, 13
32.520, 21, 22, 23
32.530, 31, 32, 33

32.540, 41, 42, 43
32.550, 51, 52, 53

Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced
Advanced

Drawing
Crafts

I, II,

I, II,

Graphics
Painting

III,

III,

IV
IV

I, II,

III,

I, II,

FV

III,

IV

Clark, M.A., associate professor

-

comput-

and video technology, drawing
Vince Hron, M.F.A., assistant professor

-

paint-

III,

Advanced Photography

I, II,

IV

ing,

drawing

Andrea Pearson, Ph.D.,

in Art History include:

31.560 Readings and Research in Contemporary
31.565 Readings and Research in American Art
History

museum

-

studies

Renaissance art history

Barbara J. Strohnian, M.F.A., associate professor

drawing
photography, history of photography
Charles

31.570 Readings and Research in European Art
History

31.575 Readings and Research in Oriental Art
History

31.580 Readings and Research in Architectural

Art History
31.585 Art and Culture of France
31.592 Readings and Research in Advanced VisuAesthetics

31.595 Directed Study in Art History
30.590 Current Theories in Art and Art Education

30.591 Visual Arts of the Exceptional Child

30.595 Master's Thesis

The preceding

courses in art studio and art

history carry 3 semester hours of credit, except

and 32.595 (Directed Study) which
and 30.595 Master's Thesis

carry variable credit

which carries 3

art,

Vera L. Viditz-Ward, M.F.A., associate professor

Art History

for 31.595

graphics

Christine M. Sperling, Ph.D., associate professor
-

Graduate Courses

-

assistant professor

northern renaissance

32.595 Directed Study in the Studio Arts

al

F.

er

Stewart L. Nagel, M.F.A., professor

32.580, 81, 82, 83

-

crafts

Gary

IV

I, II, III,

Sculpture

-

ceramics and sculpture

I, II, III,

to 6 semester hours.

T. Walters,

Ph.D., associate professor

American and Oriental

art history

-

28

Communication Studies (M.A.)

Administered By: Department of Communica-

and Theatre Arts
Campus Address: 1 102 McCormick Center
tion Studies

Human

Admission. In addition to meeting the general
admission requirements for the School of Gradu-

for

ate Studies, applicants for the Master of Arts in

Communication program must submit:

Services

Bloomsburg University
400 E. Second Street
Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301
Telephone Number: (717) 389-4184
Coordinator: Timothy B. Rumbough, Ph.D.
Department E-mail Address: rumbough@planetx.bloomu.edu

and


of

letters

who have

recommendadon from indicomment on

the knowledge to

the applicant's potential to successfully complete



Mary Kenny Badami, Dale
Howard N. Schreier

Professors:

A. Ber-

Associate Professors: James E. Tomlinson
Assistant Professors: Janet Reynolds
B.

Three

a graduate program.

Departmental Faculty

Timothy

(a

score of 950 on the verbal

quantitative tests).

viduals

Degree Awarded: Master of Arts

telsen,

Graduate Record Examination scores



minimum combined

Rumbough, Kara

studies courses including,

not limited

public speaking,

to,

but

interpersonal

communicadon,

persucision and business communicadon. Applicants without such preparation

be expected to enroll as auditors in 25.104

will

Bodenman,

Evidence of completion of two to three basic

communicadon

Communication and/or other
Com-

Interpersonal

course(s) as determined by the Graduate

Shultz

mittee.

About the Program
Note: the program

As

such,

ed at
tion

B.

is

no applications for admission are being

this time (April 1,

on



undergoing curriculum

1998).

accept-

in the

Timothy

Rumbough, program coordinator

The purpose of this program

one-page statement describing the appli-

cant's objectives, goals

For updated informa-

the status of the program, contact Dr.

A

revieiu.

is

to

enhance the

for enrolling

Applicants

who do

not meet

all

of the require-

ments may request an interview with program
ulty to discuss special

understanding of the philosophy, theory and

and direction

program.

circumstances or

tion, in writing, for a waiver

may

fac-

peti-

of select entrance

requirements.

means by which human beings

Retention. In addition to meeting the general

exchange information, ideas and values through

retention requirements for the School of Gradu-

personal or mediated interaction. Using a variety

ate Studies, a graduate student in

of research tools, students discover the role com-

must earn a minimum grade of B

munication plays

four core courses to remain in good academic

practice of the

in interpersonal, small

group,

and organizational situations. A master's
in communication prepares graduates for
doctoral study in communication and for careers

may be

communication
in

each of the

given the opportunity

public

standing. Students

degree

to retake a course after review of special circum-

in

a nimiber of areas including business, law,

stances by

program

Graduation.

facult)'.

A minimum

of 30 semester hours

courses

required for gradua-

medicine, education, government, media, public

in graduate-level

advertising, arts and entertainment,
and human services, high technology
industries, and international relations and negou-

tion.

Required Courses

ations.

Core Courses (12 semester hours)

relations,

is

social

I

29
and interviewing

23.501 Nature of Communication

tion programs; training

23.502 Interpersonal Communication

organizadonal setdngs; gender and race as

communicadon

25.445 Organizational Communication
25.501 Introduction to

Communication

ies/cridcism, political

Elective Courses (18 semester hours)

A minimum

rhetorical theory

25.502 Rhetorical Criticism
25.585 Special Topics in Commimication

25.586 Special Topics in Communication
25.587 Special Topics in Communication
Special Topics courses include interviewing,

communication and conflict, evaluating communication, communication in the family, community leadership, corporate communication and
computer applications for professional communi-

fessor

Up

to

9 semester hours offered

departments may be elected
student's adviser.

as

in

other

approved by the

Examples of such courses

are:

45.500 Sociology of Mass Commimication

Group

Processes

48.453 Organizadonal Psychology
57.572 Hypermedia

Human

93.583

Programming

Resources Development

6-credit thesis or a departmental research
is

optional but strongly

stud-

criticism

-

interpersonal

recommended

and small group

Timothy B. Rumbough, Ph.D., assistant professor
-computer-mediated communication, communicadon apprehension; and communicadon educadon
Howard N. Schreier, Ph.D., professor - contemporary rhetorical theory and criticism; persuasion in the popular culture; and communicadon pedagogy
Kara Shultz, Ph.D., assistant professor

inist

James

discourse

E.

and

on

social

-

rhetorical

cultural studies, fem-

movement

protest

Tomlinson, M.A., associate professor

organizadonal and

political

-

communication,

and the impact of communication technology
on society

46.440 Language and Culture
48.451 Laboratory Training in

media

processes within organizations

criticism with a focus

cators.

A

and

-

communicadon and

Janet Reynolds Bodenman, Ph.D., assistant pro-

of three courses offered by the

Department of Communication Studies and
Theatre Arts must be selected as eiectives.

paper

variables

Dale A. Bertelsen, Ph.D., professor

Research

in

for

those seeking advanced study beyond the master's

degree.

Faculty Research Interests
Mary Kenny Badami, Ph.D., professor - intercultiiral communication with a focus on orienta-

30

Business Administration (MBA)

MBA

Administered By: College of Business

vation. Applicants to the

Campus

provide documents indicating the following:

Address: Sutliff Hall

Bloomsburg University
400 E. Second Street

tions indicating

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301

from an accredited

Telephone Number: (717) 389-4762
Program Coordinator: David G. Martin, Ph.D.

or greater.

• Official



Enrollment: 90



About the Program
legal

blends accounting,



Three



A resume.

systems, marketing

business courses

international

to

and

prepare

stu-

dents for a globally dynamic and competitive business environment.

MBA

programs provide theo-

and operational skills required
meet the problem-solving and decision-making
challenges in managing business resources. Since
it's inception in
1930, Bloomsburg University's
College of Business programs have grown to a
current status of serving 1,500 undergraduate and
faculty

employ a

variety

of

techniques, case studies, applied

MBA Program

if

program. International

exchange programs and a diverse group of faculty and students tremendously enhance the learn-

students based

hours of

MBA program

skills

to

and functional

MBA

on an

program.

upon academic record and

40.512 Economic Theory

91.504 Introduction to Financial Accoimting
91.501 Managerial Principles
93.511 Statistical Analysis and Design


24 hours of required courses:

Accounung
Management Information Systems
93.558 Social Responsibility and Business
91.524 Managerial

92.554

Ethics

MBA

consists of:

courses designed to equip

succeed in the

transferred based

ing experience.

The

The

GMAT scores.

actively involved in research.

Interdisciplinary graduate faculty teach a variety

Admission.

office of

Coordinator, (717) 389-4762.

taken and passed)

principles

graduate faculty in the College of Business are

MBA

of recommendation.

3 hours of undergraduate calculus (waivable

• 12

and group projects to develop and augand practical knowledge. The

of subjects in the

applicants whose

not English.

students with the analytical tools

theoretical

and

Foreign Language

Appropriate previous academic work can be

100 graduate students.

highly trained

a

other than those for the School of



ment

as

Graduate Studies, please contact the
Graduation.

research,

CPA of 2.50

Retention. For special requirements for the

MBA program

retical, analytical

The graduate

is

letters

to

instructional

institution with a

international

for

environment, management,

management information

institu-

scores.

native language

curriculum

the

academic

Degrees earned from non-United

Test of English

(TOEFL)

MBA

all

Graduate Management Admissions Test

(GMAT)

tion

The

from

an earned baccalaureate degree

States universities will be judged independently.

Degree Awarded: Master of Business Administra-

finance,

transcripts

program should

graduate faculty admit

analysis of a

number of qual-

itative and quantitative criteria which include past
academic achievement, aptitude for business
studies, professional accomplishments, and moti-

93.560 Operations

Management

93.566 Organization Behavior

Management
Management
Marketing Management

93.581 Strategic

96.535 Financial
97.551


12 hours of electives

Elective tracks available in Accounting, Inter-

national Business

Part time students have six years to finish the

above program

in

a logical sequence. Specific

course offerings are detailed in the catalog for the
departinents of Accounting,

Computer and

Infor-

mation Systems, Finance/Business Law, Marketing,

and Management.

Special topic courses are available in each discipline.

Other graduate

electives

with the permission of the

graduation with a 3.00

C

than two

may be taken

MBA coordinator.

Students must complete

all

requirements for

minimum GPA. No more

grades are allowed in the graduate

courses taken at Bloomsburg University. Please
contact the

MBA

progrm coordinator's

further information

Graduate Faculty
Accounting
Richard

L. Baker,

Ph.D.

Michael C. Blue, Ph.D.

Nancy Coulmas, Ph.D.
Gene Gulledge, Ph.D.
Dennis B. Hwang, Ph.D.
John Rude, Ph.D.
Michael Shapeero, Ph.D.

Computer

& Information Systems

Patricia Boyne, M.S.

Carl Chimi, Ph.D.

Frank R Davis, Ph.D.

James S. Dutt, Ph.D.
Harold K Prey, M.S.
Gene Gordon, Ed.D.
Charles J. Hoppel, Ph.D.
'

Finance and Business

Karen

Law

Elwell, J.D.

David G. Heskel, Ph.D.
David Martin, Ph.D.

Bruce

L.

Rockwood, Ph.D.

William Steven Smith, Ph.D.

•Management

Mainuddin Afza, Ph.D.
M. Ruhul Amin, Ph.D.
Victor Berardi, Ph.D.

Chapman, M.A.
Howard J. Kinslinger, Ph.D.
Mark Larson, Ph.D.
Charles

office for

or other special require-

ments.

Stephen Markell, Ph.D.

Minoo Tehrani, Ph.D.

and Management.

Peter B. Venuto, Ph.D.

Pamela Wynn, Ph.D.
Marketing

Stephen Batory, D.B.A.

Mary K. Ericksen, Ph.D.
Morry Ginghold, Ph.D.

Hank

Laskey, Ph.D.

Salim Qureshi, Ph.D.

Robert N. Watts, Ph.D.

32

Biology (M.Ed.)

Administered By: Department of Biological

&

are required. At least one letter should be fi'om a

Allied Health Sciences

Campus

faculty

Address: Hartline Science Center

member who

instructed the applicant in

an upper-level (junior or senior) biology course.

Bloomsburg University
400 E. Second Street

Applicants with research experience should sub-

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301

may submit

Telephone Number: (717) 389-4780
Coordinator: Margaret L. Till, Ph.D.

ability to evaluate the applicant's

mit one letter from the research advisor

Candidacy. To be admitted to candidacy, every

dacy examinadon.

E. Cole, Judith

P.

Louis

Mingrone, James

V.

S.

E. Parsons,

Cynthia

scheduled before completing 6 credit hours of

S.

graduate coursework and be taken before sched-

A. Surmacz, Margaret L. Till

Associate Professors: Joseph

P.

Ardizzi,

George

P.

George

uling beyond 12 hours, provided the student has
a 3.0 or higher

Chamuris, Judith Kipe-Nolt

Jeanne W.
Lawless, Casey A. Shonis, Marianna D. Wood

Assistant Professors:

T. Davis,

in biolog)'

intended to enhance the competence of

is

sec-

ondary school teachers of biology by extending
their scholarship in content and method through
formal courses, independent study and research.

its

con-

given 10 minutes of the examination.

is composed of
permanent academic adviser and
tentative thesis committee (thesis option) or the
student's tentative reading committee (nonthesis

The examination committee

The Master of Education program

or

will

by the examination committee. Each question be

About the Program

A

QPA. The examination

of six oral questions addressed to the student

sist

will

Admission.

of the examina-

Miller,

Thomas

Melnychuk, Lynne C.

Mark

The purpose

don is to assess the breadth of the student's background in biology. The examination will cover
general principles and concepts of biology.
The oral candidacy examination must be

Dovwiing,

Philip A. Farber, Frederick C. Hill,
Klinger,

abili-

biology graduate student must pass an oral candi-

Departmental Faculty
James

laboratory

des.

Department E-mail Address: till@bloomu.edu
Degree Awarded: Master of Educadon

Professors:

Others

a letter from any professor with the

baccalaureate degree in

equivalent, with Level

I

biolog}',

Certification

1)

the student's

option), 2) at least three-fourths of the depart-

mental graduate committee and
departmental

facult)'

member

3)

any other

in attendance.

Outcome of the candidacy examination

is

will

be

required for admission to the program. Unde-

determined by a simple majority vote by the

graduate deficiencies must be rectified prior to

examination committee.

admission to the program or during the

is

first

semester with the permission of the program

The

with the program.

undergraduate course work without credit earned

and

toward the degree, by graduate course work when

ately following successful

addressing deficiencies

is

The method

of

decided by the depar-

mental graduate committee

in consultation with

program coordinator. Two letters of
recommendation from pre\ious science faculr\the graduate

of three outcomes

Unconditional pass - The student may proceed

coordinator Deficiencies may be addressed by

suitable, or by outside readings.

One

possible:

application for candidacy

for transfer credit should be

made immedi-

completion of the oral

candidacy exam.
Conditional pass

-

The examination commit-

tee decides that the student has

ground

in all

an adequate back-

but one or two key areas. Conditions

may include an

oral re-test of

problem

areas, a

33
written test in
actions.

problem

The student

areas,

will

and/or remedial

be informed of the con-

50.570 Medical Parasitology
50.571 Endocrinology

upon by the committee. If after
reevaluation, the examinauon committee decides
the student has not met the conditions set forth

50.573 Systemic Physiology

by the committee, he or she

50.576 Neuromuscular Physiology

ditions decided

will

be required to

retake the entire examination according to the
stipulations outlined

below under

fails

she

be dismissed from the program.

Fail

-

the

the examination at this retake, he or

student
will

If

"fail."

The student must retake

ter's

program. The student has one more chance
order to continue with the program,

must pass the examination uncondion the second attempt.

the student
tionally

Graduation.
in

A minimum

graduate-level courses

is

of 30 semester hours

required.

A minimum

of 18 semester hours must be taken from 500-level
courses (see

list

50.575 Cell Physiology

50.590 Current Topics in Biology
50.591 Directed Study in Biology

50.592 Master of Education Thesis

The

the entire exam-

ination at a later date to continue with the mas-

to pass. In

50.572 Comparative Animal Physiology

below), including two required

following courses are offered at the

Marine Science Center, Wallops
55.464 Biological Oceanography

55.432 Marine Evolutionary Ecology
55.490 Marine Aquaculture
55.491 Coral Reef Ecology

Mammals

55.492 Marine

55.500 Problems in Marine Science
55.540 Environmental Science Education
55.541 Biology

ofMoUusca

education courses: 60.501 Major Philosophies of

55.570 Research Cruise-Biology

Education and 79.591 Research

55.593 Behavior Ecology

in

Education.

Island, Va.

55.431 Ecology of Marine Plankton

Eidier 50.591 Directed Study in Biology or 50.592

Master of Educadon Thesis
the research

research

component. An

component

is

is

required to

fulfill

oral defense of the

required.

A

written

and/or comprehensive examinauon may

also be

Faculty Research Interests
Joseph

gy.



cell biolo-

E-mail: jardiz@planetx.bloomu.edu

George

required.

Ardizzi, Ph.D., associate professor

P.

fungal genetics, microbiology and

P.

Chamuris, Ph.D., associate professor

— biology of wood-inhabiting and bark-

Required Courses
There are no required biology courses;

inhabiting fungi. E-mail: chamuris @planall

are

considered elective courses. Courses are selected
in

conjunction with the student's adviser and advi-

sory committee.

50.411 Radiation Biology

50.432 Microbial Genetics
50.441 Cytogenedcs

50.455 Environmental Microbiology
50.457 Entomology
50.462 Plant

Anatomy

James

E. Cole, Ph.D., professor

— vertebrate

ethology and allied health. E-mail: cole@plan-

etx.bloomu.edu

George

T. Davis, Ph.D., assistant

professor

P.

Downing, Ph.D., professor

ria.

E-mail:

jpdown@planetx.bloomu.edu

George J.

50.551 Conservation Biology

50.559 Ornithology

Populadon Biology
50.561 Animal Behavior

150.560

— immunol-

ogy and infectious diseases caused by bacte-

50.530 Evoluuon

50.550 Mycology

plant

maize genetics. E-mail: gdavis@bloomu.edu
Judith

Philip A. Farber, Ph.D., professor

50.532 Molecular Genetics

-

molecular genetics, genetic engineering and

50.463 Biological Photographic Techniques

50.531 Developmental Biology

1

etx.bloomu.edu

— cytogenetics


Gellos, Ph.D., associate professor

developmental plant morphology
Frederick C.

Hill,

Ph.D., professor

— vertebrate

zoology and neotropical biology. E-mail:
fliill@planetx.bloomu.edu

Judith Kipe-Nolt, Ph.D., assistant professor
biology of soil composting



and microbiology.

E-mail; kipenolt@planetx.bloomu.edu

34
Thomas

S. Klinger,

Ph.D., associate professor



marine biology, physiological ecology, behavioral

ecology and biometry. E-mail:

klin@planetx.bloomu.edu





levels in fish-

ing creeks. E-mail:

mmelny@planetx.bloomu.edu
medical parLynne C. Miller, Ph.D., professor
asitology, parasite immunology and physiology, experimental pharmacology and toxicolo-



gy.

E-mail: lcmill@planetx.bloomu.edu

chemical systematics and

— phyto-

floristics.

E-mail:

lmingron@planetx.bloomu.edu

Jeanne W. Lawless, Ph.D., assistant professor
maternal and child nutrition, diet, and ethnicity and health. E-mail: jlawle
©planetx. bloomu.edu
nutriMark S. Melnychuk, Ph.D., professor
Uon, reproductive physiology, and seasonal
weather changes and pollutant

Louis V. Mingrone, Ph.D., professor

James

E. Parsons, Ph.D., associate professor



clinical

microbiology and medical mycology.

E-mail:

parsons@planetx.bloomu.edu

Casey A. Shonis, Ph.D., assistant professor



neurophysiology, genetic hypertension and

neuroanatomy. E-mail: cashonis@bloomu.edu
Cynthia A. Surmacz, Ph.D., professor



cell

and cholesterol metabolism in
exercise and aging. E-mail: surmacz® planphysiology,

etx.bloomu.edu
Margaret

L. Till, Ph.D., professor

— endocrinol-

ogy and cholesterol metabolism in women. Email: till@bloomu.edu

Marianna D. Wood, Ph.D.,

assistant professor

and animal behavior
wood@bloom u edu
forest ecology

.



E-mail:

35

Business Education (M.Ed.)

Administered

Campus

By: College of Business

imum

Bloomsburg University
400

E.

Second Street

score of 1300

Two letters of recommendation from perwho have knowledge of the applicant's acad-



sons

//www.bloomu.edu/departments/beois/beois.htm

emic and professional background.
Test of English



Degree Awarded: Master of Education

(TOEFL)

Enrollment: 17

for

Donna J. Cochrane, John J.
Nancy

the

O. Gehris,

The Master of Education
is

office systems

in Business

in

offers

activities,

hands-on instruction

work.

practical

and

to the

A minimimi

of 30 semester hours

and

realistic

in

The

learning

new informa-

field-based research projects.

program does not require

to certification in business

evi-

educa-

the completion of additional course-

For information regarding

please contact the

certification,

program coordinator.

Admission. Applicants must

satisfy

is

required.

The

pro-

one required core course, two
courses, and an office information sys-

consists of

elective

tems emphasis consisting of seven courses.

valid teaching certificate, but the pro-

gram may lead
tion with

School of Graduate

in

and management of

a business environment.

program

tion technology

Educa-

designed to prepare students

the design, implementation

dence of a

as those for the

graduate-level courses

gram

About the Program

Admission

same

Graduation.
in

program

score of 550

Studies.

Assistant Professors: Janice C. Keil

tion

applicants whose

Retention. Requirements for this program are

Olivojr.

A. Dittman, Dennis

Foreign Language

a

not English, with a recom-

is

mended minimum

Departmental Faculty

as

international

native language

Professors:

on the

Letter of intent stating rationale for seeking



dcochran@bloomu.edu

Associate Professors:

results

recommended min-

admission to the program

Donna Cochrane, Ed.D.

Department Web Page:
http:

with a

background, education and other experiences

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301

E-mail Address:

test

Current resume to include professional



Telephone Number: (717) 389-4109/4121
Coordinator:

Graduate Record Examination



general knowledge

Address: 217 SuUiff Hall

Required Courses
Core Course

(3 semester hours)

79.591 Foundations of Educational Research

Graduate Electives

(6 semester hours)

Graduate-level courses to

requirements

will

fulfill

the elective

be chosen by the student

and the program coordinator based on
career needs.
Office Systems Emphasis (21 semester hours)

90.581 Seminar in Business Education

94.500 Office Systems Information and Technol-

the general

ogy

admission requirements for the School of Gradu-

94.510 Office Systems Applications

ate Studies as well as the following requirements

94.520 Administrative Communications

for the Master of Education in Business Educa-

94.530 Telecommunications

tion:

94.540 Training and Development in Office Sys-

• Official

undergraduate transcript with a

ommended minimum QPA

rec-

of 2.5 on a 4.0 scale

tems
94.550 Integrated Office Systems

36
(Students should enroll in 94.550 Integrated
Office Systems during the

last semester of the
degree program or obtain instructor's permis-

sion.)

Certification. Students

Level

I

who

wish to receive a

Professional Teaching Certificate in busi-

ness education

(accounting, data processing,

marketing, and office technologies)

from the

Pennsylvania Department of Education must
fill

ful-

the following requirements in addition to the

M.Ed,

in

Business Education:

Additional coursework in the areas of education

and business

as

determined by the program

coordinator after a review of transcripts;

Completion of the requirements for admisand

sion to teacher education;

Passing the National Teacher Examination

core battery and the specialty area(s) for business
education.

Faculty Research Interests
Ellen M. Clemens, D.Ed., associate professor

methodology and business education.
eclemens@bloomu.edu

Donna J. Cochrane,

Ed.D., professor

-

E-mail:

training

and development, business teaching methodology, office technologies. E-mail:

dcochrane@bloomu.edu
Nancy A. Dittman, Ed.D., associate professor business communications, international communicauons. E-mail: ndittman@bloomu.edu
Roger W. Ellis, Ed.D., associate professor records and informations. E-mail:
rellis@bloomu.edu

Dennis O. Gehris, Ed.D., associate professor

work

-

attitude assessment, business teaching

methodology, software applications
ness. E-mail:

in busi-

dgehris@bloomu.edu

Janice C. Keil, Ed.D., assistant professor

-

busi-

ness teaching methodology. E-mail:

jkeil@bloomu.edu

John J.

Olivojr., Ph.D., professor

-

ergonomics,

impact of technology on organizations' policy

and procedures, telecommunications, analyzing and improving workflow, end-user computing. E-mail: jolivo@bloomu.edu

37

Curriculum and Instruction (M.Ed.)

Administered By: Department of Curriculum

and Foundations

Campus

Address: 3213

Human

and research

tions of theory

to

McCormick Center

for

instruction will find a format that will enable

them

Services

Bloomsburg University
400 E. Second Street

to

expand

(1) their

knowledge of the subknowledge of the

ject they are teaching, (2) their

curriculum and

applicable methodology, (3)

its

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301

their skills in individualization

Telephone Number: (717) 389-4030

and

Coordinator: John R. Hranitz, Ed.D.

nicating with students, parents

Department E-mail Address:
hranitz@bloomu.edu
Degree Awarded: Master of Education

professionals.

The

burg University

this

liberal arts

the Blooms-

and sciences or

may

participate in

core of 6 semester hours

liberal arts

new and often imique educational perspectives.
The individualized curriculum enables each graduate student to pursue 12 semester hours of grad-

English, social sciences, mathematics

About the Program

puter science, physical and

and designed to
enhance the professional curricular and instructional competencies of individuals who work with
children, youth

is

field-based

and

adults.

The program's

field-

tary,

based faculty are continually addressed through
faculty involvement in the following areas:

Planning and implementation of the core
courses

life

early childhood, reading

and com-

sciences,

elemen-

and humanities.

Completion of the individualized curriculum may
require that students enroll and pursue courses
offered by other universities.

based approach ensures the needs of school-

Admission. Applicants must

satisfy

the general

admission requirements for the School of Graduate Studies.

A

for admission.

teaching certificate

The

is

not required

following additional criteria

are also required:

Advisement of theses



Development of research projects
Improvement of instruction
Development of curriculum
Continuous evaluation of the degree program
Implementation of theory into the classroom

The program
Certificate

will

uate study within an area of concentration such as

program.

The program

commu-

and educational

that will permit the graduate student to develop

member from

education departments

through diagnosis

(4) their skills in

and
skills of each graduate student. Knowledge from
several disciplines will be combined into a course

Departmental Faculty
faculty

and

prescription,

increase the depth of the knowledge base

Enrollment: 50

Any graduate

each classroom.

Individuals motivated to improve the quality of

in

offers a Level

I

transfer of any courses

areas of specializations in technology;

and guid-

and

initiate

any research projects and the

to clarify

• Attain

planning for

thesis.

a score of 30 or higher on the Miller

Analogies Test
Retention. Graduate students must take a min-

Instructional

elementary education, K-6; and

Meet with program coordinator

requirements, review academic records, discuss

imum
a

QPA

of 9 semester hours per calendar year and
of 3.0 or higher must be maintained. Stu-

ance and counseling.

dents not taking a

The field-based core curriculum of this program will permit unique and interesting applica-

per calendar year
two years.

minimum

will

of 9 semester hours

be considered inactive

after

38
Only courses with a minimum grade of B are
considered applicable to

must repeat
lower

is

all

this

courses in which the grade of B- or

earned.
to nine semester

institutions,

hours

other than Blooms-

burg University may, upon approval, be accepted
toward completing the degree requirements of
this

program. Students enrolled

Center may transfer

in 18

at the

Dixon

semester hours of grad-

uate work as per special agreement. However, no

courses

than a

will

be transferred

B was earned.

B-

is

in

which a grade

less

not acceptable.

following courses constitute the 36-hour

degree program

in curriculum and
may be substituted by
program coordinator based upon the gradu-

semester hours of approved course work, complete 6 semester hours for the thesis

and apply

the

ate student's needs):

Core Curriculum (12 semester hours)
79.593 Studies in

Human Diversity
Human Learning

48.576 Theories of

60.584 Curriculum and Instructional Theory,

Design and Development
79.591 Research in Education
Liberal Arts Curriculum (6 semester hours)

Graduation. Graduate students complete 30

for

graduation. All deficiencies, monetary and academic, must be satisfied before the degree can be

granted.

The
master's

instruction (other courses

Up

Transfer Credits.

from accredited

Required Courses

program. Students

The

Individualized Curriculum

-

Area of Con-

centration (12 semester hours)

79.599 Thesis (6 semester hours)

OR a meta-analytical

department paper and 6

semester hours of coursework.

39

Elementary Education (M.Ed.)

Administered By: Department of Curriculum

and Foundations

Campus

requirements:

Address: 3213 McCormicic Center for

Human
E.

Second

Possess the Instructor Level

I

Certification for

teaching in the elementary schools of Pennsylva-

Services

Bloomsburg University
400

ate Studies as well as the following additional

nia

Meet with the program coordinator

Street

to clarify

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301

program requirements, review academic records

Telephone Number: 389-4030

and outline a plan

for completing degree

work

Students must take the Miller Analogies Test

Coordinator: John K. Hranitz, Ed.D.

(minimum

Degree Awarded: Master of Education
Enrollment: 81

score of 30)

Graduation.
is

A minimum

required to complete

of 30 semester hours

this master's

program.

Departmental Faculty
Nancy G. Gilgannon, John

Professors:

Hranitz,

Gorman

L. Miller,

William

Edward J. Poostay, Lorraine
David E. Washburn
ba,

Required Courses

R.
S.

O'Bru-

A. Shanoski,

Henry D. Dobson, Gary J. Doby, Bonita B.
Franks, Mary Harris, Frank L. Misiti, Donald
L. Pratt, Bonnie L. Williams
Brown, Robert

Meade

L. Clarke,

60.501 Major Philosophies of Education

60.502 School and Society

Associate Professors: Chris A. Cherrington,

Assistant Professors: C.

Core Courses (15 semester hours)

Beers, Neil L.

M. Hussein

60.506 Urban Education

60.514

Home, School and Community

approved alternative)
Also required are 6 to 12 semester hours of

coursework related to an area of professional

Fereshteh, Robert E. Gates, Frank W. Keating,

interest, e.g., early

Jane McPherson, Gilda M. Oran, Egerton O.

or an academic discipline.

Osunde, Raymond

S.

Pastone, Rosemary T.

K.

EJectives.

childhood educaUon, reading,

The remaining

courses needed to

complete the degree program may be selected,

Radzievich, Shelley C. Randall, Viola C.

Supon, Mary Alice Wheeler, Patricia

Relations

79.591 Research in Education (or adviser-

Wolf

with an adviser's approval, from those listed in the

graduate catalog. Acceptable courses are listed

About the Program
The master of education
tion

under the following

areas:

elementary and early

elementary educa-

childhood education, educational foundations,

program enhances the professional compe-

secondary education, reading or those offered by

in

tence of an individual as a teacher and a leader

through

its

emphasis on integrated learning

other academic departments.
All students seeking

an M.Ed,

in

Elementary

experiences in the study of the child. Areas of

Education are required to demonstrate compe-

study include elementary school curriculum and

tency in writing

its

trends,

new

techniques, current research and

opportunities for study in the teacher's academic
field

of interest.

Admission. Applicants must

skills

research paper This

satisfy

the general

may

departmental paper or a

paper must follow the

admission requirements for the School of Gradu-

by completing an in-depth

tion

style

take the form of a
thesis.

The

research

format of the Publica-

Manual of the American Psychological Asso-

ciation.

40
Departmental

papers

must be read and

Jane McPherson, Ph.D.,

approved by the student I's adviser and one other
member of the graduate faculty. A thesis must
meet the requirements of the School of Graduate

Gorman

Studies.

Frank

assistant professor

childhood education

early

L. Miller, Ed.D., professor



— mathemat-

and supervision

ics

L. Misiti, Ph.D., associate professor



sci-

ence education

Faculty Research Interests
C.

Meade

Beers, D.Ed., assistant professor

William



foundations, administration, curriculum and
supervision
Neil L. Brown, Ed.D., assistant professor
social studies, early

L. Clarke, Ed.D., assistant professor



supervision

lish

— Eng-

assistant professor

— foundations of education
Bonita B. Franks, Ph.D., associate professor

reading

Robert



and supervision

M. Hussein Fereshteh, Ph.D.,

E. Gates, Ed.D., assistant professor

supervision and administration
Nancy G. Gilgannon, D.Ed., professor





— mea-

surement of education
Mary Harris, Ed.D., associate professor

Raymond

child-

assistant professor

administration and language arts



S.

and supervision

Pastore, Ph.D., assistant professor

instructional technology




and design



Edward J. Poostay, Ph.D., professor
reading
Donald L. Pratt, Ph.D., associate professor
computing and supervision
Rosemary T. Radzievich, Ed.D., assistant professor
reading and supervision





Shelley C. Randall, Ph.D., assistant professor



guidance and counseling, and educational
leadership

Lorraine A. Shanoski, Ed.D., professor



early

childhood education
Viola C. Supon, Ed.D., assistant professor



ele-

mentary education
E.

Washburn, Ph.D., professor

tions of education

Mary

— early

Frank W. Keating, Ph.D.,

social studies

David

— foun-

dations of education

John R. Hranitz, Ed.D., professor
hood education and supervision

and

Egerton O. Osunde, Ph.D., assistant professor

Henry D. Dobson, Ph.D., associate professor
computing and supervision
Gary J. Doby, Ph.D., associate professor

Gilda M. Oran, Ed.D., assistant

foreign languages

childhood education

— reading

— reading,
professor —

O'Bruba, Ed.D., professor

childhood education and supervision

supervision, early childhood education



Chris A. Cherrington, Ph.D., associate professor

Robert

S.

early

Alice Wheeler, Ph.D., assistant

— foundaprofessor —

supervision

Bonnie

L. Williams, Ed.D., associate professor

mathematics and super\ision



41

Reading (M.Ed.)

uate academic records

Administered By: Department of Curriculum

and oudine a long-range

program. The quality of the applicant's under-

and Foundations
Address: 104 Navy Hall
Bloomsburg University
400 E. Second Street

graduate record and professional experience

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301

dadons must be forwarded

Telephone Number: (717)389-4092

president for graduate studies and research

Department Chair: Edward J. Poostay, Ph.D.
Degree Awarded: Master of Education

before a student

Enrollment: 86

3.0 to

Departmental Faculty

ter

Campus

process.

The program

is

coordinator's

admitted to the program.

remain

in the

imum

About the Program

A maximum

fessionals to earn a Master of

Educadon

in

Read-

ing and/or certification as a K-12 reading special-

Commonwealth of

Pennsylvania.

program emphasizes a knowledge base
research,

The

in current

diagnosing and remediating reading

difficulties,

of 12 semester hours

and improving the

instructional prac-

reading programs are coor-

Bloomsburg University
Reading Clinic, which is part of the Department
of Curriculum and Foundations within the
School of Education and the College of Profesthrough

sional Studies.

and provides

The

may be

transferred

Bloomsburg Universi-

years
its

from the date of graduation. Transfer cred-

may be requested or submitted

at

any time dur-

ing the student's six-year program, but require
prior approval from the student's adviser
assistant vice president

and the

and dean of graduate stud-

ies.

Graduation and Certification. Students seek-

ter

hours with a

QPA of 3.0.

clinic

was established in 1957

free diagnostic

and

tutorial services

Required Courses
The parentheses

indicate the semesters the

courses are offered:

63.540 Introduction to the Teaching of Reading

summer)
and Prescription in Reading
(fall, summer)
63.543 Clinical Pracdcum 1 (fall, spring)
(spring,

and adults. Graduate assistantships
are available on a competitive basis. Assistantships
provide a partial tuition waiver and a stipend, and
require working 10 to 20 hours per week in the

63.541 Diagnosis

Reading

63.545 Organization and Administradon of

Clinic.

Admission. Applicants must

satisfy

the general

admission requirements for the School of Graduate Studies.

An

or

the

for children

clarify

B

ing an M.Ed, in Reading must complete 36 semes-

teachers.

All graduate-level

dinated

at

higher and must be completed no more than six

uces of classroom teachers, reading specialists

and resource room

of nine semes-

Transfer courses must carry a grade of

ty.

This program provides an opportunity for pro-

the

of

hours of graduate-level coursework may be

from courses completed

in

QPA

program.

transferred from an accredited insutution; a max-

Edward J. Poostay

Associate Professors: Chris A. Cherrington

ist

recommen-

to the assistant vice

Retention. Students must maintain a

Transfer Credits.

Professors:

will

be a major part of the pre-admission evaluation

program coordinator to
program requirements, discuss goals, evalinterview with the

63.544 Clinical Practicum

II

(summer)

Reading Programs (summer)
63.546 Reading in the Content Areas

(fall,

spring)

63.548 Reading Instruction for the At-Risk

Learner (spring)

42

63.550 Literature, Literacy and Culture

Faculty Research Interests

(fall,

spring)

Edward J.

60.501 Major Philosophies of Education

(fall,

summer)

consists

(fall,

specialist certification

of 24 semester hours;

— language

summer)
12

program

additional

semester hours are required for the M.Ed,

in

reading.
All

requirements must be completed within

six

years from the date of admission into the pro-

gram. Students must reenroll for

which exceed the
deadline oudined

six-year
in the

all

courses

program completion

Graduate Catalog.

Level I Certification Requirements
Students seeking certification as a Reading

must posses a Level 1 teaching certifiand complete 24 semester hours with a QPA
of 3.0 and must successfully comlete the Praxis

Specialist

cate

specialty area test for reading specialists with a

minimum score (currently 570) required by the
Commonwealth of Pennsylvania. Persons who do
not possess a Level

I

teaching certificate must also

complete the core battery

tests

of the Praxis series

in addition to the specialty area test for

specialists

— diagnosis,

Chris A. Cherrington, Ph.D, associate professor

79.591 Research in Education

The reading

Poostay, Ph.D., professor

remediation, parent involvement

reading

arts

and

children's literature

43

Accounting (M.S.)

• Compledon of the prerequisites listed under
"Minimum Prerequisite Course Work"

Administered By: Department of Accounting

Campus

Address: 219 Sudiff Hall

Bloomsburg University
400

E.

Second

Additional requirements as stipulated by the



School of Graduate Studies

Street

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301

Individuals

who have not completed all admismay take up to 12 approved

Telephone Number: (717) 389-4561

sions requirements

Coordinator: Nancy Coulmas, Ph.D.

semester hours of graduate courses at Blooms-

Degree Awarded: Master of Science

burg which may be applied toward the degree

Departmental Faculty

gram.

upon
Professors: Richard L. Baker,

Dennis

Prerequisite Course Work.

B. K.

degree with an emphasis

Hwang
Associate Professors: Michael C. Blue, Martin
let,

successful admission to the graduate pro-

Bil-

baccalaureate

from an accredited college or univer-

and the

sity

Rude, Michael Shapeero

A

accoundng from an

accredited college or university, or a baccalaureate degree

Nancy Coulmas, Eugene Gulledge, John

in

following:

Prerequisite general business

a.

and related

About the Program

topics courses including: principles of economics,

The Master of Science in Accounting is
designed for the individual who possesses a com-

stadsdcs,

prehensive undergraduate education in account-

and wishes

ing

pursue applied graduate work

to

in the discipline.

Although the primary emphasis

of the curriculum

is

in

the area of advanced

accoimting theory, students

will also

spend time

and

computer information systems, business
management, marketing, calculus

finance,

law,

ethics

b.

Prerequisite

intermediate accounting, tax audidng and cost

advanced accoundng
Prerequisite

developing written and oral communication

accoundng courses including:

principles of accounting, managerial accounting,

Work

experience in the

Elxperience. Pracdcal

field

work

of accounting or an

skills.

undergraduate accounting internship.

The course of

study,

which involves comple-

tion of 30 semester hours, can be

one year or the student can

program

at their

own

accomplished

elect to

in

complete the

pace.
Sci-

ence in Accounting must provide the School of

Graduate Studies with the following:


Official

Graduate Management Admission
or Graduate Record Examination

scores

An



Three

official

copy of all academic transcripts

letters

who have

fulfilling all

Students must complete

program requirements.
all

required course work

minimum
CPA of 3.0. No more than two courses with
a grade of C will be counted toward graduation. A
grade lower than C will not be viewed as sadsfac-

for graduation while

maintaining a

be included

in the students

CPA.

of recommendation from indithe knowledge to

be

of 30 semester hours of graduate-level

tory progress toward graduation, although



will

overall

(GMAT)

viduals

mum

course work

Admission. Applicants to the Master of

Test

Retention and Graduation. Graduation

conferred upon successful completion of a mini-

comment on

Required Courses

the applicant's potendal to successfully complete

Fall Semester

a graduate level course of study

91.501 Financial Accounting

it

will

44



91.523 Advanced Tax Accounting

Nancy Coulmas,

91.551 International Accounting

management, managerial
accounting and financial accounting
Dennis B. Hwang, Ph.D., CPA, CMA, professor
international, financial and managerial
accounting, and international economics
Eugene Gulledge, associate professor - financial

93.511 Statistical Analysis
Spring Semester

91.521 Advanced Cost Accounting

91.522 Advanced Audit Theory
91.553 Special Topics in Accounting
96.535 Financial

Management

Summer Session



accounting, cost accounting

John Rude,

associate professor

-

financial

accounting, intermediate accounting

91.552 Controllership

Graduate

Ph.D., associate professor

strategic cost

Michael Shapeero, associate professor, financial

elective

accounting, managerial accounting, auditing

Faculty Research Interests
Richard

al

L. Baker, Pli.D.,



sor

financial,

CPA, CMA, CIA, profes-

governmental and manageri-

accounting

Michael C. Blue, Ph.D., CPA, associate professor



cost,

ing

managerial and behavioral account-

45

Audiology (M.S.)

Administered By: Department of Audiology and

Speech Pathology

Campus

witliout

an acceptable undergraduate program

speech and hearing

Address: lOlC Navy Hall

by advisement,

will,

in

be

required to take prerequisite coursework and

Bloomsburg University
400 E. Second Street

practicum as a part of their graduate audiology

degree program.

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301
Telephone Number: (717) 389-4436 or 389-4119
Coordinator: G. Donald Miller, Ph.D.

Department E-mail Address:

The

Admission.

applicant

is

required to sub-

mit a one-page, typed letter of intent stating professional

backgroimd, experience and rationale

be admitted to audiology.

for wanting to

gdmiller@planetx.bloomu.edu

The

Degree Awarded: Master of Science
ters

applicant

is

required to submit three

let-

of recommendation with the names, address-

Enrollment: 8 per year
es,

Departmental Faculty
Professors: Richard

M. Angelo, G. Donald Miller

who have knowledge of the

demic and

The

Associate Professor: Vishakha W. Rawool

and telephone numbers of the

positions

ences

clinical

refer-

applicant's aca-

background.

applicant should arrange for an interview

with the program coordinator.

About the

Pro-am

The purpose of
ology
tic

is

and

to

An

the training program in audi-

prepare graduates to provide diagnos-

habilitative audiologicai services in a vari-

The program is accredited by
on Academic Accreditation of the

applicant

must have a baccalaureate

degree from an accredited

imum

institution, with a

grade point average of

2.8.

do not have an undergraduate major

ety of job settings.

of communication disorders

the Council

satisfactorily

will

min-

who

Students
in the

area

be required to

complete certain academic and

American Speech-Language-Hearing Association

practicum deficiencies as prescribed by the facul-

(ASHLA) and

ty

the academic

and

ments necessary
ical

designed to afford

is

practicum require-

to receive the Certificate of Clin-

Competence

ASHLA as well

clinical

graduates

its

in

as to

Audiology (CCC-A) issued by

meet the requirements

audiology license as issued by the

for

an

Commonwealth

following individual transcript analysis.

The

in hospitals

and medical

centers, clinics, physi-

cians offices, schools, industries

practice settings.

and

private

Students receive broad-based

is

520 on the quantitative and 570 on the analytical

pordons of the exam.

who

Applicants

fail

to satisfy the

program's

requirements may be admitted on a provisional
basis.

in

Examination

dents have had scores of at least 470 on the verbal,

of Pennsylvania.

Graduates of the program obtain employment

Record

Graduate

required of all applicants. Typically, successful stu-

In such cases, the terms of the conditional

admission

will

be specified for the individual

academic training and obtain practicum experi-

applicant. Deadline for submission of application

ence

materials

in a variety

of practical settings including on

campus and externship

sites.

Student's academic

experiences include evaluating and conducting
research

in

the

discipline.

Students

may be

is

March

Retention.

1.

The student must maintain

a

QPA

maximum of two Cs throughout the
program. A grade of C in any clinical

of 3.0 with a

graduate

accepted into the graduate audiology program

experience

with any undergraduate degree, but individuals

to achieve a

will necessitate

repeating the course

grade of B or higher.

46

to

Candidacy. Students must apply for admission

Elective Courses

candidacy once they have completed 9 to 12

72.528 Clinical Methods and Practicum in Audi-

semester hours of coursework.
Graduation.
is

A minimum

of 54 semester hours

required to complete the master's program.

ology
72.590 Independent Study and Research
72.591 Independent Study

and Research

Required Courses

72.599 Master's Thesis

Undergraduate Courses

74.568 Advanced American Sign Language

Other

72.200 Introduction to Audiology
72.300 Auditory Training and Speech Reading

A

Graduate Courses
72.500 Measurement of Hearing Loss

elective

courses available via advise-

ment.
thesis

or

departmental

paper

is

also

required.

The

72.502 Physiological Methods in Audiology

M.S. in Audiology degree program has

72.504 Hearing Aids and Auditory Training

monitoring and exit

72.506 Externship: Clinical Practicum in Audiol-

comprehensive reviews of each student's academ-

ogy

ic

I

72.508 Externship: Clinical Practicum in Audiol-

ogy

and

criteria.

clinical abilities.

There are periodic

These reviews may take

the form of oral or written examinations during

or near the completion of the program.

II

72.510 Research

in

Audiology

72.512 Seminar in Audiology: Special Problems

72.514 Seminar in Audiology: Industrial and
Public Health Audiology

Faculty Research Teaching

and

Clinical Interests

72.516 Seminar in Audiology: Auditory Problems
in

Children

Richard M. Angelo, Ph.D., Ed.D., professor,

72.518 Seminar in Audiology: Theoretical and
Clinical

72.520 Educational Audiology
72.522 Aural Rehabilitation: Theory and Practice

72.524 Clinical Methods and Practicum in Audiology

I

72.525 Clinical Methods and Practicum in Audi-

ology

II

72.526 Clinical Methods and Practicum in Audi-

ology

III

72.527 Clinical Methods and Practicum in Audiology FV
72.532 Electronics and Instrumentation in Audi-

ology



basic

hearing

aids.

director of clinical services

Masking

cal electrophysiology;

G.

Donald

Miller, Ph.D., professor

lum coordinator



clinical

and

and

clini-

curricu-

audiology includ-

ing electrophysiological evaluation, industrial

audiology and hearing conservation; hearing
aids. E-mail:

gdmiller® planetx.bloomu.edu

Vishaka W. Rawool, Ph.D., associate professor
electrophysiology; clinical audiolog)'; aural
rehabilitation. E-mail:

rawool@planetx.bloomu.edu



47

Biology (M.S.)

Administered By: Department of Biological

&

Bachelor of Arts in biology, or

Allied Health Sciences

Campus

required.

Address: Hartline Science Center

rectified prior to

Bloomsburg University
400

E.

Second

equivalent,

its

during the

first

admission to the program or

semester with the permission of

may be

the program coordinator. Deficiencies

Street

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301

is

Undergraduate deficiencies must be

addressed by undergraduate course work without

Telephone Number: (717) 389-4780

credit earned toward the degree, by graduate

Coordinator: Margaret L.

course work

Ph.D.

Till,

when suitable, or by outside readThe method of addressing deficiencies is

Department E-mail Address: till@bloomu.eclu

ings.

Degree Awarded: Master of Science

decided by the departmental graduate committee
in consultation with the

Departmental Faculty

dinator.

Professors:

James

E. Cole,

Judith

Downing,

P.

Philip A. Farber, Frederick C. Hill,
Klinger,

Mark

Louis

Mingrone, James

V.

S.

E. Parsons,

S.

Miller,

Cynthia

A. Surmacz, Margaret L. Till

Associate Professors: Joseph

George

P.

Chamuris, Judith Kipe-Nolt
Assistant Professors:

George

Lawless, Casey A. Shonis,

Marianna D.

W.

Wood

program in the
employment in a biological

to a research-oriented doctoral

perspective

and experience of teachers of biology

A

secondary schools.

plines

represented

is

broad array of subdisci-

among

the faculty, providing

university

is

a

member

ence Consortium. Courses
offered during the

level

may

in

summer

use this

letter

may submit

from the

a letter from

ability to evaluate the appli-

cant's laboratory research potential.

Candidacy. To be admitted to candidacy, every

dacy examination.
tion

is

The purpose of

the examina-

to assess the breadth of the student's back-

ground

in biology.

The examination

will

cover

The

of the Marine

Sci-

marine science are
at

facility to

oral

candidacy examination must be

scheduled before completing 6 credit hours of
graduate coursework and be taken before scheduling beyond 12 hours, provided the student has

Marine Science
take graduate-

courses in marine biology or to pursue

QPA. The examination

will consist

of six oral questions addressed to the student by
the examination committee. Each question will

be given 10 minutes of the examination.

The examination committee

Center located near Wallops Island, Va. Graduate
students

an upper-level (junior or

in

research adviser. Others

a 3.0 or higher

a solid program in general biology.

The

let-

senior) biology course. Applicants with research

enhances the knowledge,

also

one

instruct-

general principles and concepts of biology.

or health-oriented profession.

in

ed the applicant

member who

biology graduate student must pass an oral candi-

This program prepares students for admission

The program

should be from a faculty

any professor with the

T. Davis, Jeanne

About the Program

biological sciences or

ter

experience should submit one

Ardizzi,

P.

graduate program coor-

of recommendation from pre-

letters

vious science faculty are required. At least

Thomas

Melnychuk, Lynne C.

Two

1)

the student's

tentative thesis

is

composed of

permanent academic adviser and
committee

(thesis option)

or the

committee (nonthesis

research projects at the Bloomsburg University

student's tentative reading

Marine Biology Laboratory.

option); 2) at least three-fourths of the depart-

Admission. In addition to the requirements of
the graduate school, a Bachelor of Science or

mental graduate committee; and
departmental faculty

member

3)

any other

in attendance.

48
Outcome of the candidacy examination

will

be

determined by a simple majority vote by the
examination committee. One of three outcomes
is

50.561 Animal Behavior

50.570 Medical Parasitology
50.571 Endocrinology

possible:

Unconditional pass - The student may proceed
with the program.

and

50.560 Population Biology

The

application for candidacy

transfer credit should be

made immediately

50.572 Comparative Animal Physiology
50.573 Systemic Physiology
50.575 Cell Physiology

following successful completion of the oral candi-

50.576 Neuromuscular Physiology

dacy exam.

50.590 Current Topics in Biology

Conditional pass

-

The examination commit-

tee decides that the student has an adequate back-

ground

in all

but one or two key areas. Conditions

may include an
written test in

The

actions.

oral re-test of

problem

student

areas,

problem

areas, a

and/or remedial

be informed of the con-

will

ditions decided

upon by the committee.

re-evaluation,

the

examination

If after

committee

50.591 Directed Study in Biology

50.593 Master of Science Thesis

Marine science courses offered

55 484 Biological Oceanography
55.432 Marine Evolutionary Ecology

55.490 Marine Aquaculture
55.491 Coral Reef Ecology

forth by the committee, he or she will be required

55.492 Marine

stipulations

examination according

oudined below under

dent fails the examinadon

"fail." If

at this retake,

to the

the stu-

he or she

be dismissed from the program.

will

Fail

-

inadon
ter's

The student must retake

the entire exam-

continue with the mas-

at a later date to

program. The student has one more chance

to pass. In

order

to

continue with the program,

the student must pass the examination unconditionally

on the second attempt.

Graduation.

A minimum

of graduate-level courses

is

of 30 semester hours

required.

Required Courses. With the exception of the
Master of Science thesis

no required

(thesis option), there are

courses. All courses are considered

elective courses, but require the approval of the

student's adviser

and advisory committee.

Wallops

55.431 Ecology of Marine Plankton

decides the student has not met the conditions set

to retake the entire

at

Island, Va.

Mammals

55.500 Problems in Marine Science
55.540 Environmental Science Education
55.541 Biology ofMollusca

55.570 Research Cruise-Biology
55.593 Behavioral Ecology

Thesis Option. This option
for students planning to

is

recommended

conunue

studies or professional training.

their graduate

A minimum

of 18

semester hours must be taken from 500-level
courses. 50.593 Master of Science Thesis accounts
for six of these semester hours.

the thesis

is

An

oral defense of

required.

Non-Thesis Opdon. This option
students
careers.

interested

in

is

tailored for

non-research-oriented

A minimum of 18 semester hours must be

taken from 500-level courses. In addidon, one of
the following must be completed:

(1)

50.591

50.411 Radiation Biology

Directed Study in Biology for three semester

50.432 Microbial Genetics

hours, which must be defended orally, or (2) a

50.441 Cytogenetics

departmental research paper based on the

50.455 Environmental Microbiology

ture

50.457 Entomology

departmental paper carries no semester hour

50.462 Plant

Anatomy

must be submitted and defended

litera-

orally.

The

credit.

50.463 Biological Photographic Techniques
50.530 Evolution

Faculty Research Interests

50.531 Developmental Biology

Joseph

50.532 Molecular Geneucs

50.550 Mycology
50.551 Conservation Biology

50.559 Ornithology

P.

Ardizzi, Ph.D., associate professor

fungal geneucs, microbiology and
gy.



cell biolo-

E-mail: jardiz@planetx.bloomu.edu

George

P.

Chamuris, Ph.D., associate professor

— biology of wood-inhabiung and bark-

I

49
ing creeks. E-mail:

inhabiting fungi. E-mail:

chamuris@planetx.bloomu.edii

James

E. Cole, Ph.D., professor

— vertebrate



ethology and allied health. E-mail: cole@plan-

etx.bloomu.edu

George

T. Davis,

Ph.D., assistant professor

-

plant

molecular genetics, genetic engineering and

maize genetics. E-mail: gdavis@bloomu.edu
Judith

P.

Downing, Ph.D., professor

og)'

and

ria.

E-mail:

— immunol-

infectious diseases caused by bacte-

jpdown@planetx.bloomu.edu

Philip A. Farber, Ph.D., professor

— cytogenetics
— vertebrate

Frederick C. Hill, Ph.D., professor

zoology and neotropical biology. E-mail:

fhill@planetx.bloomu.edu
Judith Kipe-Nolt, Ph.D., associate professor

mmelny@planetx.bloomu.edu
Lynne C. Miller, Ph.D., professor
medical parasitology, parasite immunology and physiology, experimental pharmacology and toxicology.

E-mail: lmiller@planetx.bloomu.edu

Louis V. Mingrone, Ph.D., professor

chemical systematics and

James

E. Parsons, Ph.D., professor

parsons@planetx.bloomu.edu



neuroanatomy. E-mail: cshonis@bloomu.edu
Cynthia A. Surmacz, Ph.D., professor

exercise



marine biology, physiological ecology, behavecology and biometr)'. E-mail:



jlawle@planetx.bloomu.edu
S.

tion,

Melnychuk, Ph.D., professor



cell

etx.bloomu.edu

Margaret

L. Till,

effects

Ph.D., professor

— endocrinol-

of reproductive status and exercise on

cholesterol metabolism. E-mail:

till@bloomu.edu

Marianna D. Wood, Ph.D.,
forest ecology

nutri-

reproductive physiology, and seasonal

weather changes and pollutant



and cholesterol metabolism in
and aging. E-mail: surmacz@ plan-

ogy and cholesterol metabolism and Uie

Jeanne W. Lawless, Ph.D., assistant professor
maternal and child nutrition, diet, and ethnicity and health. E-mail:

Mark



neurophysiology, genetic hypertension and

Klinger, Ph.D., associate professor

klin@planetx.bloomu.edu

clinical

Casey A. Shonis, Ph.D., assistant professor

E-mail: kipenolt@planetx.bloomu.edu

ioral



microbiology and medical mycology. E-mail:

physiology,

S.

E-mail:

lmingron@planetx.bloomu.edu

biology of soil composting and microbiology.

Thomas

— phyto-

floristics.

levels in fish-

assistant professor

and animal

mwood@bloomu.edu



behavior. E-mail:

50

Early Childhood Education (M.S.)

Administered By: Department of Curriculum

School of Graduate Studies. Undergraduate work

and Foundations

Campus

need not be

Address: 3213

Human

McCormick Center

An

for

E.

and a review of academic

dentials are required. Applicants

Services

undergraduate

Bloomsburg University
400

of study.

in a specific field

interview

QPA

of 2.5

will

who

be admitted on a

provisional basis.

Second Street

All applicants will take the Miller Analogies

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301

A minimum

score of 30

required. Waivers

Telephone Number: (717) 389-4030

Test.

Coordinator: John, R. Hranitz, Ed.D.

may be granted

Department E-mail Address:

lower but have excellent academic records.

to

Certification

hranitz@bloomu.edu

Requirements. Three recom-

imdergraduate or graduate

Enrollment: 55

supervisors, administrators,

who

Departmental Faculty
member from

faculty

burg University

liberal arts

education departments
this

the Blooms-

for early

participate in

is

intended to enhance the pro-

competence of the

teacher of young children.

It

individual

as

a

includes integrated

learning experiences in the study of the young
child from prenatal through age eight, curricu-

lum, current practice and areas of interest to the

Recommendation

childhood education.

ing any type of certification

Instrucdonal Level

I

hood Education, N,

K-3.

Forms are

available

from the obeserva-

Written completion of a 14-day participation
experience. Forms are available from die pro-

gram coordinator.
Passing and/or remediation of speech and
hearing tests, and vision tests. TB tests are
required. Forms are available from the program
coordinator.

teacher of young children. Individuals not hold-

can obtain the

Certificate in Early Child-

The program

also has

Passing the National Teacher Examination

core battery and the specialty area of early child-

hood education.

an

option that enables the teacher with an Instruc-

3.0

Retention. Students must maintain a

QPA

throughout their program. Courses

which a

in

of

Elementary Educa-

grade of B- or lower are obtained must be repeat-

K-6 to obtain N, K-3, Early Childhood Edu-

ed with a grade of B or higher. Nine graduate

tional Level

I

Certificate in

cation Certification.

Admission.

The

credits

following admission require-

ments, which apply to both the Master of Science
in

qualities.

tion/program coordinator.

About the Program

tion,

and personal

Written completion of a 10-day field experience.

This program

direct-line

forms are available from the program coordinator

and sciences or

may

faculty,

and other individuals

are familiar with the applicant's academic

abilities

program.

fessional

is

graduate students that score

mendations from any of the following persons:

Degree Awarded: Master of Science

Any graduate

cre-

lack an

Early

Childhood Education program and

to

tion
in

to the general

admission requirements for the

(Criminal, Act 34

and

Health and Welfare and the Bureau of Certifica-

Education Certification, must be met

addition

transferred into the program.

Police checks

Abuse, Act 151) required by the Department of

the master's program with an Early Childhood
in

may be

State

must be obtained prior

private

and public

to student

schools.

Head

teaching

Start pro-

grams, and day care centers in Pennsylvania.

51
and pass a screening
examination (a candidacy exam) which is administered when they have completed 12 to 15 semesAll

ter

students

will

take

hours of graduate work. The examination con-

sists

of written

appointment

is

6 credits, one semester

62.596 Practicum in Early Childhood Education

2-3

credits, partial

semester

Students seeking a Master of Science in Early

with the program coordina-

Childhood Education must complete 30 semester
hours with a 3.0 QPA. Students seeking a Master
of Science in Early Childhood Education with N,

oral

requirements.

tor

Graduation.

-

An

and

made

62.594 Practicum in Early Childhood Education

The Master of

Childhood program

Science in Early

of 30 semester

consists

hours; 12 additional semester hours in course

K-3 certification must complete 42 semester hours
a

witli

A

QPA of 3.0.

work and practicum are required for the Level I
Certification, N, K-3. Students must complete 6

project,

semester hours

required for completion of the degree program.

in

foundation courses, 18 to 30

departmental paper,

thesis,

comprehensive

or the comprehensive examination

is

courses.

from tlie program coordinator. All papers must be written following the American Psychological Association

Required Courses

ferred.

semester hours in early childhood education core
courses,

and 6 semester hours

in related studies

Specific guidelines are available

(APA)
62.510 Methods and Materials in Early Child-

hood Education I
62.520 Methods and Materials in Early Childhood Education II
60.512 Computer Media or more advanced
courses in the use of computers

62.522 Curriculum Trends in Early Childhood

Education
62.523 Practices in Teaching the

All

guide.

A

five

Inactive students

must reapply for admission,

retake the screening examination. Courses older

cational

tary

six years will

not meet the degree require-

Programs for Young Children

tests, if

and academics, must be

degree can be granted.

Needs of Yoimg Children

granted.

within a two-year period are placed in an inactive

ments. All deficiencies,

62.593 Organization and Administration of Edu-

is

may be granted in certain situations.
Students who fail to enroll and complete a course
Extensions

dian

Child

pre-

Students are required to complete their programs
within four years after candidacy

Childhood Education
62.591 Learning and Development of the Yoimg
62.592 Identification and Prescription of the

is

program requirements must be completed

62.590 Current Research and Development in
Early

chapter format

within six years after admission into the program.

file.

Young Child

style

applicable,

satisfied

mone-

before the

52

Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing (M.S.)

Administered By: Department of Exceptionality

Programs

loss.

Persons with a hearing

loss

are viewed as

individuals with varying needs. Prospective class-

Campus

room

Address: 101 Navy Hal!
Bloomsburg University
400 E. Second Street
Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301
Telephone Number: (717) 389-4439

work with persons with

Coordinator: Samuel B. Slike, D.Ed.

in early

Department E-mail Address:

tion,

teachers are afforded a background in

methods of

instruction so as to prepare

them

all

to

a hearing loss in a variety

of educational settings.

Admission. Applicants with bachelor's degrees

sslike@planetx.bloomu.edu

childhood education, elementary educa-

secondary education and special education,

are considered to have appropriate educational

Degree Awarded: Master of Science

backgrounds for entry into the program. Those

Enrollment:l

students without education courses in their back-

1

ground are required

Departmental Faculty
Professors:

Samuel

Assistant Professor:

B. Slike,

to take a core of education

courses. Prerequisite coursework in the following

Gerald W. Powers

Carmel Collum Yarger

areas must be completed either before or during

the graduate program.

Undergraduate area of concentration

in

edu-

About the Program

cation of the deaf/hard of hearing:

The graduate program in Education of the
Deaf/Hard of Hearing is offered through the
Department of Exceptionality Programs. Prospec-

education of the deaf/hard of hearing must have

tive

classroom teachers or itinerant hearing ther-

apists are

them
loss.

provided a variety of courses to prepare

for working with individuals with a hearing

Coursework furnishes conceptual

experiential

background

in the areas

teaching, speech-language therapy,

as well as

program

applicants to the graduate

All

completed an introductory course

in statistics

equivalent

ders

of academic

72.200 Introduction to Audiology

communica-

72.450 Clinical Observation
74.153 Introduction to Sign Language

and

development and curriculum
Depending on their undergradu-

74.154 American Sign Language

I

prepared to work with

74.155 American Sign Language

II

ate major, students are

preschool, elementary, secondary or multi-handi-

capped deaf/hard of hearing

individuals.

In their practica courses, students are provid-

ed the opportimity
hearing
Various

loss in
sites

to

work with individuals with a

one-to-one and group situations.

throughout Pennsylvania are offered

for practicum experience.

These

sites

are chosen

74.201 History, Education, and Guidance of the

Deaf/Hard of Hearing
74.305 Introduction to Instructional Methods for
the Deaf/Hard of Hearing

Students

who

anticipate applying for admis-

sion to the graduate

program

in

education of the

deaf/hard of hearing are strongly urged to elect

according to the needs of the student intern.
These practica provide a classroom as well as an

the following elective courses:

itinerant experience with students with a hearing

74.255 American Sign Language

loss.

74.256 American Sign Language IV

Tlie education of the deaf/hard of hearing

program does not advocate any particular
method of working with students with a hearing

or

and the following: (Students may
take these, some as general education electives)
72.152 Introduction to Communication Disor-

its

tion, psycho-social

instruction.

in

74.254

A

The Deaf Culture

bachelor's degree with a

III

QPA

of 2.8 in the

education of the deaf/hard of hearing area of
concentration and an overall

QPA

of 2.8 are

53

QPA

required. If either

may be admitted on
earn a
to 12

QPA of 3.0

is

below

2.8,

the student

a provisional basis

and must

or better upon completion of 9

semester hours in graduate-level courses.

No

Cs may be earned during the provisional period.
Applicants must submit a one-page, handwritten letter, stating professional background, expe-

rience

and

rationale for wanting to be admitted to

this master's

Three

program.

Deaf/Hard of Hearing
74.567 Language for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing
II

74.569 Curricular Subjects for the Deaf/Hard of

Hearing
Spring Semester

74.570 Student Teaching with the Deaf/Hard of

of reference from individuals

letters

who have knowledge

of the applicant's academic

Hearing

and teaching backgroimd are required. For con-

Summer Sessions

firmation purposes, the letters must contain the

74.575 Counseling Needs of Communicatively

name, address, position and telephone number
of the writer.

Applicants must

all

make arrangements

at

any ume.

QPA

retention

earned

and

success-

comprehensive examinadon adminis-

tered during the semester the student plans to

graduate.
ically

Upon

prepared

graduation, students are academto apply for licensure in Pennsyl-

vania and to pursue state and nadonal certifica-

deaf/hard of hearing.

is

Retention. Graduate students are required to

earn a

(thesis or nonthesis)

tion as a teacher of the

no quota for students interested in
entering the program on a part-time basis. Parttime students are required to meet with the program coordinator to design a curriculum
sequence and time line.
There

graduate students must complete a depart-

mental paper

for full-time enroll-

ment in this graduate program - summer semester. The application deadline for summer enrollment is March 15. Application for admission as a
part-Ume student is not restricted and may be

made

of Hearing
All

fully pass a

one entry point

is

Disordered Individuals and Their Families

with the

applicants.

There

of 6 weeks

( total

74.584 Research in Education of the Deaf/Hard

program coordinator for an interview.
The National Teacher Examination or the
Graduate Record Examination will be required of

1

74.565 Problems and Trends in Education of the

of 3.0 with a

in

in a

maximum

of two Cs for

master's program.

this

If

a

C

They are granted a

provisional national certifica-

on EducaUon of the Deaf

tion by the Council

(CED) upon formal

application.

Faculty Research Interests
Samuel

B. Slike, D.Ed., professor

-

teaching sign

is

practicum course, the course must be

repeated and a grade of B or better earned.

language and speech reading via

videodisc/CD-ROM; teaching language

to

^

deaf/hard of hearing students.

Required Courses

'

The

following

is

Gerald W. Powers, Ed.D., professor

an example of a full-time cur-

-

private prac-

Uce with the deaf/hard of hearing; licensure;

riculum sequence:

Summer Sessions
!

I

I

(total of

12 weeks)

sign language

72.522 Aural Rehabilitation: Theory and Practice

itation

74.564 Speech for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing

cians.

74.566 Language for the Deaf/Hard of Hearing

and

(all

sign systems); aural rehabil-

characteristics of quality clini-

Carmel Collum Yarger, Ed.D.,

I
-

language acquisition and

assistant professor
literacy develop-

74.568 Advanced American Sign Language
Fall Semester

74.560 Practicum with the Deaf/Hard of Hearing

ment
ing,

in students

who

are deaf/hard of hear-

educational interpreUng, coUaboraUve

home-school partnerships.

54

Exercise Science and Adult Fitness (M.S.)

Administered By: Department of Health, Physical

Education

Campus

8c

Athletics

and

qualified faculty,

practical field experiences

program, the master's

that are integral to the

Address: 6 Centennial

Gymnasium

degree

Bloomsburg University
400 E. Second Street

in Exercise

Science and Adult Fitness pro-

%ides strong preparation for successful careers in

burgeoning

diis

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301

discipline.

A

Admission.

bachelor's degree in the biolog-

Telephone Number: (7 17) 389-4563
or allied health sciences or a related field

ical

Coordinator: Leon Szmedra

recommended. Undergraduate

Department E-mail Address:
Iszmedra® bloomu.edu

deficiencies

is

may

be addressed while working towarcb the master's

degree

Degree Awarded: Master of Science

(without

earned

credit

toward

the

degree). Additionally, applicants must have an

Departmental Faculty
Professors:

undergraduate

Linda M. LeMura, Jerry

Associate Professors:

K.

Medlock

Leon Szmedra, Susan J.

scores, three letters of

Hibbs, Swapan Mookerjee
.\ssistant Professor:

Tamra Cash

Graduation.

This program prepares students for advanced
ter

fitness,

a

The Master of Science

in Exer-

Science and Adult Fitness requires 36 semes-

hours of which 6 to 12 semester hours

a practicum
in rehabilitation centers,

facilities.

recommendation and

both

in

doctoral study or

and internship are required

for grad-

corporate

and senior citizen conThe program is interdisci-

wellness programs

tinuing care

provide Miller

graduate study.

cise

scholarly opportunities via

least 2.5,

statement describing goals and objectives of their

About the Program

employment

QPA of at

Analogy Test or Graduate Record Examination

plinary in nature; students complete courses in

uadon. Additionally, attendance
College of Sports Medicine
national

meedngs

are

the American

(ACSM)

regional

and

recommended.

Graduate students admitted

Exercise Science and the Biological Health Sci-

at

to

candidacy for

and research internare required, which encompass the full spec-

the Master of Science degree are required to com-

trum of health, including cardiac rehabilitation,

assigned graduate adviser to select a thesis advis-

ences. Additionally, clinical
ships

ph\siological assessment

and training

for optimal

performance.

who
The

fac-

bring an excitement and enthusiasm for

sci-

is

characterized by

facultv'

continuously engaged as acdve learners.
ulty

are

ennfic inquiry by directly invoUing their students
in

er.

The

thesis

Quality of instruction in the classrooms and
laboratories

plete a thesis.

both scholarship and discovery. These

A

uith the

chairperson of the

second faculty

member

is

selected from either the Health, Physical Education

and Athleucs or the

Biological

Health Sciences departments.

member may

The

and

Allied

third faculty

he selected from any discipline widiappropriate to the thesis topic.

acti\ities

augmented by learning resources such as
library support (both on campus and at nearby
Geisinger Medical Center) computer support,
and well-equipped exercise, physiolog)' and musWith excellent

thesis ad\iser serves as

committee.

in the university as

are

cle laboratories.

The student must confer

facilides, highly

The

thesis topic

ad\iser

thesis will

be presented to the the-

committee, peers, and the university

nity.

thesis

and the graduate program coordinator.

The completed
sis

must be approved by the

commu-

55

Instructional Technology (M.S.)

Administered By: Department of Instructional

Technology

Campus

candidates have the opportunity to experi-

ter's

Address: 1210

Human

based interactive multimedia courseware. Mas-

McCormick Center

for

ence a

variety of state-of-the-art interactive tech-

nology configurations through an instructional

Services

Bloomsburg University
400 E. Second Street

systems approach.

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301

has

Telephone Number: (71 7) 389-4506

gram

Coordinator: Timothy L. Phillips, Ph.D.

dia technologists. This

Degree Awarded: Master of Science

sive

Enrollment: 59

active technologies with a

The MSIT program at Bloomsburg University
become a nationally acclaimed, imique profor the preparation of interactive multime-

program integrates exten-

experiences in instructional design and inter-

more modest coverage
skills and human
resource development. The eclectic nature of this

of media, communication

Departmental Faculty
Professors:

June

L.

Trudnak

program
combine

Associate Professor: Timothy L. Phillips
Assistant Professors: Karl Kapp,

Mary J. Nichol-

forces cooperative
their theoretical

practical,

hands-on

projects

designed, developed, produced

son

Bloomsburg

About the Program
The Master of Science
the increasing

need

Tech-

in Instructional

for professionals

who can

integrate interactive multimedia technology into

educational and training environments.

MSIT program

as students

are

that

being

and evaluated by

University's Institute for Interactive

Technologies.

nology (MSIT) program emerged in response to

The

Curriculum Overview. Students study a variety
of issues related to

tlie

design and development of

and apply these principles in
The program curriculum

effective instruction,

course

projects.

includes study in the following areas:

prepares students for two types of



Curriculum and instructional design

-

sys-

tems approach, curriculimi and instructional

career directions:


teamwork

academic learning with

A corporate track for those who wish

a career in the training

to enter

and development

sector

materials,

of business, industry, non-profit institutions or

government, and those who already work

in busi-

psychology of learning and screen

design

cy,

• Instructional computing - computing literaprogramming and authoring, computer-assist-

ness, industry or health care settings as trainers

ed instruction, computer-based interactive video,

and developers, but seek a formalized degree
structured for their needs and further development

computer graphics



An education

become

track for those

instructional

cialists in private,

who

wish to

technology resource spe-

public or higher education

The curriculum concentrates on the application of the computer and other emerging technologies to education and training, with an
emphasis directed towards the design, develo[>
ment, production and evaluation of computer-



Video production and post-producuon

equipment, aesthetics,


Technology

-

past

scripts

-

and editing

and current technologies,

emerging technologies and networking


Human

resource development

interpersonal

-

teamwork,

communication, organizational

psychology, project

management and

organiza-

tion training

Admission.

An

individual with a bachelor's

degree from an accredited four-year college,

who

56
earned an undergraduate grade point average of
at least 2.5

on

a 4.0 scale,

may apply

MSIT program.

to the

A

completed application form

studies at


The

application fee paid in

institutions




for graduate

transcripts

from

undergraduate

attended

appli-

25.585-7 Special Topics in

one from the

follow-

Interviewing Techniques



Communication Training in the Organization
Conflict and Communication
Small Group Discussion



93.566 Organizational Behavior
93.556 International

above materials have been processed
International applicants must complete a sep-

form for the Office of Graduate

and Research and must take the Test of
English as a Foreign Language (TOEFL). A minimum score of 570 on the TOEFL is required for
Studies

93.583

An individual may begin taking courses in the
MSIT program on a part-time basis prior to
admission, but completion of such courses does

Human

(fall)

Management (summer)

Resource Development

(fall)

94.581 Training and Development
Elective Courses

(minimum of 6 semester

hours):

57.556 Applying Theories of Learning to Interactive

admission to the program.

Communication





personal interview, scheduled after the

arate application

(at least

25.445 Organizational Communication (spring)

full

all

cant's interest in instructional technology

A

(fall,

ing):

Three letters of recommendation
A one to two-page essay describing the



summer)
Communications

Bloomsburg University

• Official

Windows

spring)

57.574 Authoring Tools for Networks (spring,

Admission requirements:


57.573 Authoring Tools for

for admission

Technologies (summer)

57.560 Multimedia Productions

(fall,

summer)

27.511 Television Production and Design (sum-

mer)
32.595 Directed Study in Studio Art

(fall,

not guarantee admission.

Graduation. Persons

degree

in

who hold

a bachelor's

57.580-9 Special Topics

any discipline from an accredited

col-

Final

lege or university

and proceed
ing a

work concluding
ter's

All

thesis.

may become degree

courses):

of 33 semester hours of coursein either

an internship or mas-

courses are 3 semester hours

unless otherwise indicated.

in Instructional

Required Courses for Education Option

The Master

of Science in Instructional Tech-

indicate the semesters the courses are offered.

Tech-

nology requires 33 semester hours. Parentheses
indicate the semesters the courses are offered.

Required Courses (12 semester hours):
57.550 Instructional Design

(fall,

spring)

57.551 Advanced Instructional Design

(fall,

spring)

Required Courses (15 semester hours):
57.540 Technology Planning Across the Curricu-

lum

(fall,

summer)

57.542 Technology Applications for the Class-

room (spring, summer)
57.550 Instructional Design

(fall,

spring)

57.570 Introduction to Interactive Technologies

57.570 Introduction to Interactive Technologies

summer)
57.575 Managing Multimedia

(fall,

summer)

57.580 Instructional Applications for Internet

(fall,

Projects

(fall,

(spring,

summer)

Elective courses (15 semester hours):

spring)
Instructional

Computing

(at

two of the following

three courses):

57.572 Authoring Tools for Cross Platforms
(spring,

57.590 Graduate Internship (3 semester hours)

57.599 Graduate Thesis (6 semester hours)

nology requires 33 semester hours. Parentheses

Required Courses for Corporate Option

The Master of Science

Requirement (one of the following two

candidates

degree by complet-

to the master's

minimum

sum-

mer)

summer)

57.546 Research in Instructional Technology

57.556 Applying Theories of Learning for Interactive

Technologies (summer)

57.560 Multimedia Productions

(fall,

summer)

57
Mary J. Nicholson, Ph.D.,

57.584 Distance Communications
32.595 Directed Study in Studio Art

(fall,

sum-

mer)
53.541 Statistical Analysis in Instructional Tech-

nology (spring)
56.576 Networks: Configuration and Implementation

Requirement (one course):
57.590 Graduate Internship (3 semester hours)
57.599 Graduate Thesis (6 semester hours)
Final

Karl Kapp, Ph.D., assistant professor



theory to technology-based instruction, evaluation, cognitive psychology

Timothy

L. Phillips, Ph.D., associate professor



instructional design, interactive graphics,
instructional computing, authoring tools

June

L.

ics

Trudnak, Ph.D., professor

— mathemat-

education, instructional design, computer

programming and design of hypermedia
applications

Faculty Research Interests

assistant professor

instructional design, application of learning

58

Nursing (M.S.N.)

Administered By: Department of Nursing

Campus

McCormick Center

Address: 3109

Human

technology to provide nursing services to improve
health and wellness in diverse client populadons

for

Services

Employ the muldfaceted



Bloomsburg University
400 E. Second Street

pracdce

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301

services

Telephone Number: (717) 389-4423
Coordinator: Sharon R. Ha\Tnaker, Ph.D.,

facilitate

to

in

Pardcipate in learning acUvides designed to



Synthesize advanced knowledge of nursing
related disciplines to improve the pracdce of

professional nursing

Enrollment: 27

Demonstrate advanced competence



Graduate Program Faculty

promote, restore and maintain health, prevent

Chikotas, Jacqueline Evans-Shields, Mar)' Gav-

and attain client goals
Use advanced knowledge and

ness,


aghan, ^Annette Gunderman, Sharon Haymaker, Nancy Onuschak, Joan Stone, Patricia
Torsella, Dorette

Welk

in

offers preparation for

Nursing (M.S.N.)

advanced nursing

practice as a clinical nurse specialist in the areas

community health and adult health and illness
and as an adult nurse practitioner The department offers an option for certified registered
of

who

nursing degree.

wish to complete a mas-

The program

is

accredit-

a nationally-recognized accredidng agency.

The program

opdmal

and educational

set-

dngs and has had graduates accepted into doc-

programs

The

at

nationally-renowned insdtu-

as the University of Pennsylvania

and

University.

goals of this

guide students

level

of wellness

Evaluate, apply

and develop research for

• Employ knowledge and skills of leadership/management and consultadon to impact

the deliver)' of health care within a given organization

and

to

Engage
affect change

promote attainment of client goals



relevant acdvides designed to

in

in policies that affect health care at

and nadonal levels
Engage in professional acdvides designed to
enhance development in, and of, an advanced
the local, state


pracdce role

has a 100 percent job placement

rate in a variety of clinical

skills to assist

advanced nursing pracdce

About the Program

nurse anesthetists

ill-

diverse clients in a variers- of setdngs to attain an



The Master of Science

in nurs-

ing to formulate clinical decisions designed to

M. Christine Alichnie, Julia Bucher, Noreen

New York

personal growth and professional lead-

and

Nursing

(M.S.N)

dons such

of health care

Graduates of this program:

Degree Awarded: Master of Science

toral

deliver)'

organ izadons

etx.bloomu.edu

ter's in

advanced

ership contribudons in professional health care

C.R.N.P

ed by

roles of

accordance with Standards of Practice

improve and expand the


Department E-mail Address: haymaker@plan-

program

in

The program
its

requires a

program are designed

to

• Use advanced knowledge, cridcal thinking
and communication in die competent use of
nursing process, therapeutic inter\enuons and

of 39 cred-

and the adult health

and 42

credits for the adult

and

illness

options

nurse practitioner program.
credits, 21 are

Of

these required

from required core courses for

graduate students

to:

minimum

for both the communit)'

all

in nursing.

Community Health

Specialization.

This option

designed to prepare the graduate as a

is

clinical spe-

community health nursing. The main
on preparing the graduate to assume a
leadership /management role in the area of com-

cialist in

focus

is

59
munity health nursing, working with special pop-

advanced practitioner

and communities to promote and
improve community health. Students develop

dent and collaborative direct health care to

ulations

competence in their multifaceted role as a clinical
specialist and use their advanced knowledge,
responsible decision-making, innovative problem
solving and commimicadon to promote change
in

the communit)'. As advanced practiuoners, they

engage

in

the competent use of the nursing

process to diagnose the health problems of special

populations to design programs to

facilitate

enables students to develop competence in assessing a community, identifying health needs

implemendng programs which may occur

nurse practitioners are keenly aware of the effect
of the community on the individual seen

care for individuals under the guidance of their
clinical preceptors.

ethical

ers,

services.

and screening

As advanced pracution-

they serve as consultants

and engage

in social,

and political actions to influence and initiate change in health care policy in order to promote community health.
Adult Health and Illness Specialization. This

ethical

option

designed to prepare the graduate

is

assume a leadership/manager position

to

as a clini-

area of adult health and illThrough the development of competence

in prac-

dce. Student nurse practitioners provide direct

ment, and improve the delivery of health care,
health education, early detection

and

at the

individual level in the practice setting. Thus, adult

optimal wellness within the community environ-

and prevenUon

indepen-

addidon, a rural community focus

In

adults.

as a provider of

They also engage in social,
and polidcal actions to influence and iniUate change in health care policy and its effect on

health care delivery. Finally, students are encour-

aged

to

continue their professional growth and

development of others by

aid the professional

and mentors.

serving as role models

Preceptors. Clinical preceptors act as essential

role models, resource persons

graduate students

coursework. Preceptors

clinical

and

liaisons for

during

in all clinical specialties

and

assist

students in

gaining compe-

cal specialist in the

attaining role socialization

ness.

tence and confidence in performing advanced

in their
cialist,

multifaceted role as a clinical nurse spe-

students engage in responsible decision-

making, innovative problem-solving and indepen-

based on the
ual needs

the changing health needs of a specific adult pop-

encouraged

cal

advanced knowledge,

thinking and communication

skills

criti-

in

the

and

ser\'e as

a consultant for clients

and others

to

courses, students are

all

whom

instances, preceptors will

be educationally and experientially qualified to

and

with students

As advanced practitioners, the students

some

identify preceptors with

they wish to work. In

technology to
wellness.

goals. In

to

serve

the adult client in attaining

of clinical course and individ-

level

competent use of therapeutic intervendons and
assist

they are carefully selected

function,

dent/interdependent practice designed to meet
ulation. Students use

Because preceptors serve such an

clinical skills.

integral

in

will

be willing and able to spend time

and

to help

them achieve

clinical

goals.

Clinical Placements.

Students are placed in

impact the delivery of health care for a specific

major medical and health care centers

and political
actions are emphasized to initiate and affect
change regarding the development of healdi care
policy and its effect on health care delivery for a

sylvania as well as with the National Institutes of

targeted adult populadon.

goals.

adult population.

Social,

ethical

Adult Nurse Practitioner Specialization. This
option

is

designed

to

prepare the graduate as an

adult nurse practitioner.

The core concept of role

Health (NIH) and commimity agencies and

The

selection

is

made jointly

by the faculty

and the individual student. Individual
requests are honored as much as possible.

adviser

Although attention

is

given to selecting clinical

advanced

that offer excellent clinical experience.

practice

as

practitioner,

cator.

The program emphasizes

the

and edurole

of

pri-

appropriate to the clinical course objectives and

sites relatively close to

nursing

Penn-

vate practitioner offices in a variety of settings as

development focuses on the progressive development of competence in the multifaceted roles of
researcher, leader/manager, consultant

in

dence,

first

priority

is

the student's place of

resi-

placing students in settings

Students must have documentation of CPR,
liability

insurance, a comprehensive health exam-

')

60
ination, current Pennsylvania nursing licensure

and

current resume. All of the above are

a

Submission of an application that

2.

an

include.'

secondary school transcript and

official

officia.

required by contractual agreements with agencies

college transcripts from each school attended

serving as practicum

regardless of whether credit was earned at the

|

sites.

Admission.

other institution (s).

A. B.S.N.-M.S.N. Program. In addition to meet-

C.

M.S.N,

ing the general admission requirements for the

applicants

School of Graduate Studies, applicants with a

tioner

B.S.N, must

1.

A

1)

comply with the following

criteria:

If

baccalaureate degree in nursing from a

A minimum

2. If

of one year of direct care clinical

two years in the selected clinical specialty area
(for the adult nurse practitioner option, this

experience must be

direct care

adult

in

health)

at least
tive

Record Examination (GRE) scores of

400 on each section

must have been

of application to the

five years

program
(QPA)

quality point average

of at least 3.0 on a 4.0 scale

university, follow

GRE's are not required.

D. C.R.N.A. to M.S.N. Prvgram

-

C.R.N.A.'s

apply to the M.S.N, program by meeting

under the B.S.N,

criteria stated

gram above.

Additionally,

all

:

may

,

of the

to M.S.N, pro-

documentation of sue-

completion of a nurse anestheUst program

i

must be submitted.
Applicants
fied

who have not

fulfilled

requirements for admission

ered on an individual

basis.

graduate courses:

abilities for

will

the idenu-

be consid-

Applicants

may be

graduate education are demonstrat-

ed. After students have

6) Satisfactory completion of the following understatistics,

research

and

health assessment (as a separate course or

to

schedule a program planning session with their

assigned graduate faculty adviser.

and Retention.

Progression

Three current letters of professional and/or
academic recommendation

progress within

A

cal courses

resume which includes description of pro-

fessional nursing or clinical experience

been notified of admis-

sion to the graduate program, they are required

integrated concept)

8)

from another

admitted on a provisional basis until potential

An undergraduate

7)

is

applicant; however,

(verbal, quantita-

analytical); the test

taken within

5)

M.S.N,

cessful

and

1

is

admissions requirements for B.S.N.-M.S.N.

practice (post baccalaureate) within the past

4) Graduate

A

|

required.

license to practice professional nursing in

the state of Pennsylvania
3)

practi-

in

narrative explaining the student's goals

program

A

is

nurse

one of the following ways:
from Bloomsburg University, write

program

M.S.N,

Post master'*

-

to the adult

a letter requesting reactivation as a student.

National League of Nursing accredited school

2)

A.N.P. Program

to

may apply

receive a

minimum grade

of

and maintain the

by the university.

In

order

to

program, students must

the

B

in

advanced

clini-

QPA of 3.0 specified

The department

retention poli,

9)

A

narrative describing personal

and

profes-

sional goals for graduate education (rationale

and goals for the selected area of advanced
practice must be included)
10)

Personal interview following submission of

admission

materials

option

with

adviser

and/or program coordinator.
B. R.N.-M.S.N.

ment

also offers

Program

-

The Nursing Depart-

an R.N.-M.S.N. program. Appli-

cants with an R.N. must

meet

criteria 2-4

above and must also meet the following
1.

Placement according

versity articulation

model.

to

and 7-10
criteria:

Bloomsburg Uni-

cy

is

the

grade of

same

C

as that

of the university except any

in a clinical

Transfer of Credit.
ter

hours

in

course must be repeated.

A maximum of nine semes-

,

graduate courses taken at other

universities may be transand credited toward the program if they
are applicable to the requirements and are
approved by the specialty area adviser and the
assistant vice president for graduate studies and
research. Courses being transferred must have

approved colleges or

'

ferred

been taken

in residence;

a grade of

B or

content which

is

higher;

must have been assigned

and must have covered

required for a particular pro-

,

,

61
gram option or recommended by the

from the

assistant vice presi-

dent of graduate studies and research once
ten approval has

been obtained from the

option adviser. This request must be

ume

writ-

clinical

made

from the program. Failure

to

common

Earn a grade of

advanced




Core Courses



82.502 Epidemiology: Concepts for Advanced



82.503 Bases of Research for Advanced Nursing



82.504 Pathophysiology for Advanced Nursing



82.507 Pharmacology for Advanced Nursing



82.508 Adult Health Assessment and Promotion

in

Nursing Pracdce

a

B when repeadng an

Pracdce

course

clinical

Earn a grade of at

B

least a

in

subsequent

advanced clinical courses
Complete the course of study within six years or
within an extended time frame granted by the
assistant vice president and dean for graduate

and research
Demonstrate academic

Pracdce

and

professional

dce



coursework, attaining the

QPA of 3.0

offered at the conclusion of the final clinical

course in each of the specialty areas.

The

not included as part of any course

is

A comprehensive program

6
(18 additional

82.511

Community Health Nursing

I

Community Health Nursing

II (clinical)

assessment exit inter-

(clinical)

82.531



Electives

-

6:

courses

to

elective

fulfdl

requirements are chosen by the student and an
adviser based

on career neecb,

clinical require-

specialist. Electives

may be

clinical

nurse

selected from gradu-

ate courses in psychology, political science, business,

communication disorders, speech commu-

nicadon, education and nursing.

Adult Health and Illness Specializadon (18

addidonal credits)

view must be held with the program coordina-



82.512 Adult Health and Illness

1

tor to provide student input to facilitate pro-



82.532 Adult Health and Illness

II (clinical)

gram

• Electives -6

evaluation.

(clinical)

Elective requirements are as described

Required Courses
Students

may

community health

select either full-ume or part-

time study depending on their individual needs.
Classes

are scheduled in

evening to

facilitate

late

study. Clinical courses usually require

experiences

operation of the clinical

facility.

and the hours of

6
-

6

under the

specializadon.

Adult Nurse Practidoner Specializadon



82.515 Diagnosis and

Problems

(21

in

Adults

1

Management of Health

(clinical)

-

6

Management of Health



82.516 Diagnosis and



82.534 Adult Nurse Practitioner Practiciun and

held during the day as dictated by the work schedules of the clinical preceptors

-

addidonal credits)

afternoon and

progression in either type of

-

-6

grade and meets university guidelines.


-

ments and role development of a

Completion of a comprehensive examination

exam

3

-

Graduate-level

grades required and maintaining a minimimi



3

-

6

of science in nursing degree:

cumulative

3

3

-

(clinical)



all

3

credits)

Graduadon Requirements. Upon fulfillment of
the following, the student is awarded a master
Completion of

-

-

Community Health Specializadon

progress required in advanced nursing prac-



Advanced Nursing Pracdce

Pracdce

at least

(21 credits)

82.501 Theoredcal Bases for Role Development

studies


theoretical basis regardless of specializa-



from the program:


reflects the phi-

don.

meet

the following factors leads to student dismissal

number of credits. This

required

Dismissal. Transfer to non-degree status with-

out permission to reapply for candidacy consti-

areas of specialization

all

or approximately half of the

credits,

losophy that advanced nursing pracdce shares a

at the

of applicadon for candidacy.

tutes dismissal

21

total

Graduate students must request permission
for transfer of credit

Core courses for

clinical

adviser for elective credit.

Problems

Seminar

in

Adults

(clinical)

-

II

6

(clinical)

-

6

62


Community Assessment and Planning -

82.520

The

adult nurse practitioner specialization

3
is

Student Health Center, Bloomsburg University,

Bloomsburg, Pa.

also available as a post-graduate certificate option.

Two core

courses are waived for students

who

already hold an M.S.N, and additional courses

may be waived

after assessment

of prior academic

background.
credits)

master's degree in nursing option

available for C.R.N.A.'s. This

program requires

advance placement credits awarded for prior
completion of a nurse anesthetist program.
82.501 Theoretical Bases for Role Development



82.502 Epidemiology: Concepts for Advanced

Advanced Nursing

Nursing Practice






-

Practice

-

3

82.520

-

Community Assessment and Planning

-

Education/Management Electives - 9
Independent Study, Clinical Project(s)/Thesis

3

community health

-

under the

specialization.

Practitioners

,

-

delivery of health care in rural areas,

political action related to

throughout Northeastern

Lehigh Valley Hospital, Allentown,

Home

Pa.

Jacqueline Evans-Shields, Pharm.D.

Berwick, Pa..

Maternal and Family Health Services,

Inc.,

Wilkes-

Barre, Pa..
S.

Hershey Medical Center of the

Pennsylvania State University, Hershey, Pa.
National Institute of Health, Dept. of Health and

Human

Services, Bethesda,

Outcomes

-

pharmacotherapeutics.
R.N., associate professor

attributions,

coping and needs of

cancer patients; practices of breast self-examination and psychosocial factors as possible

etx.bloomu.edu
Annette Gunderman, Ed.D., R.N., associate professor

Health Care Ser-

Berwick Hospital Center, Berwick, Pa.

The Milton

advanced practice

health.

and information desired by patients undergoing lymphangiography. E-mail: mgavag@plan-

Pennsylvania

Berwick Hospital Center



determinants of breast cancer prebioptically;

Selected Clinical Sites

vices,

cmalic@bloomu.edu

research and patient education related to

3

-

per-

Knowledge and experiences of family care
givers. E-mail: jbuche@planetx.bloomu.edu
Noreen Chikotas, M.S.N. C.R.N. P., assistant pro-

— Causal

Elective requirements are as described

Private

centers. E-mail:

Mary Gavaghan, Ed.D.,

Electives

and

cardiopulmonary nursing, advanced nursing
practice and community/university nursing

and family

3

6




sonal values, predictors of success in nursing,

fessor

3

82.503 Bases of Research for Advanced Nursing
Practice

M. Christine Alichnie, Ph.D., R.N., professor

Julia Bucher, Ph.D., R.N., associate professor





Interests

relationship between interpersonal

also

is

the 30 credits described below in addition to 27

in

and Research

Professional socialization of nursing students,

Nurse Anesthetist Specialization (57

A

Faculty Clinical

MD

ities

— Patterns of continued learning

among

activ-

registered nurses. E-mail:

agunde@planetx.bloomu.edu
Sharon Haymaker, Ph.D., C.R.N.P., associate proAdvanced practice issues and stufessor
dent health. E-mail: haymaker@planecx.



bloomu.edu
Nancy Onuschak, Ed.D.,
Quality of

life

R.N., C.S., professor

of chronically

ill



patients. E-

mail: naonus@planetx.bloomu.edu
Joan Stone, Ed.D., R.N., cissistant professor
Ethics instruction and complementary therapies. E-mail: jstone@planetx.bloomu.edu



Polyclinic Medical Center, Harrisburg, Pa.

Presbyterian Medical Center, Philadelphia, Pa.

Veterans Administration Medical Center, Wilkes-

Patricia Torsella, D.N. Sc., R.N., C.S., associate

Barre, Pa..

professor

Harrisburg Hospital, Harrisburg, Pa.

— Post-menopausal women's health

(particularly in the cardiovascular area). E-

University of Pittsburgh

Medical Center,

Pitts-

mail:

burgh, Pa.
Professional

Home

Health Care Agency

of Polyclinic Medical Center)

ptorse@planetx.bloomu.edu

Dorette Welk, Ph.D., R.N., professor

— Pattern

(affiliate

recognition as
E-mail:

it

relates to teaching strategies.

welk@planetx.bloomu.edu

63

Special Education / Exceptionalities (M.S.)

Administered By: Department of Exceptionalities

Programs

Campus

working

for

with

Address: lOlB Navy Hall

also be

pursued through the Master of Science

program

in

Exceptionalities

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301

the master's degree programs must satisfy the

Telephone Number: (717) 389-4119

general admission requirements for the School of

Coordinator: Carroll J. Redfern, Ed.D.

Graduate Studies. The following additional

Department E-Mail:
redfern@planetx.bloomu.edu
Degree Options:

ria

in Special

Education

A one-page,

rationale



Teaching Mentally/Physically




Program
Total Enrollment: 134

for wanting

Kenneth P. Hunt,
M. Youshock
Sheila Dove Jones, Michael

B. Hill,

stat-

and

be admitted to the

Graduate Record Examination



An undergraduate
is

below

2.8,

cumulative

the student

QPA of 2.8.

QPA

which must be eliminated

of 3.0 or better

is

If

may be admitted

earned.

after

in

which a

Cs

may be

No

earned during a probationary period.
Retention.

A QPA of 3.0 is required for retenA maximum of two Cs is per-

tion in the program.

Karpinski

Assistant Professors:

James

K. Krause,

Darlene

E.

Perner, Cynthia N. Schloss, Philip Tucker

C is earned in a practicum course, it
must be repeated with a grade of B or better withmissible. If a

in a

About the Program
This program

of intent

completion of 12 to 15 semester hours

Carroll J. Redfern, Joseph

J.

to



as provisional,

Associate Professors:

letter

Two letters of recommendation
Resume
An interview with the program coordinator

average

Departmental Faculty

j

handwritten

department

Handicapped

Mary

crite-

are also required:


Special Education Supervisory Certificate

Professors:

an option.

ing professional background, experience

Master of Science in Exceptionalities and
Certification in

as

Admission. Applicants seeking admission to

Master of Science in Exceptionalities

j

person.

may

Bloomsburg University
400 E. Second Street

Master of Science

I

exceptional

the

Certification in Special Education

time frame determined by the area of con-

centration.

provides an opportunity for

Graduation. Students seeking the M.S. in

individuals to pursue three different master of sci-

Special Education or the M.S. in Exceptionalities

ence programs. The Master of Science

without certification must complete a

j

I

Education

is

for those

special education.

It is

who hold

in Special

certification in

intended to improve the

competence of the student's work for further
graduate work in the field of special education.

The Master of Science

t|

professionals

i

who

in Exceptionalities

group (nurses, physical

tional

who work

in a sup-

therapists,

occupa-

I

and wish to
knowledge and develop new skills

therapists, counselors, etc.)

expand

their

for

are not currently teaching in

the special education field, but
I)ort

is

minimum

of 30 semester hours with a cumulative

QPA

of

3.0.

Master of Science in Special Education
(Prerequisite: B.S. in Special Education

and

certification)

Graduation requirements:

Choice A: Thesis option

work plus

-

24 hours course

six credits for thesis

Choice B: Department paper option
of course work plus department paper

-

30 hours

64
Choice C: Course work option

-

36 hours

Core requirements

(9 credits)

sociology.

70.565 Reading and Interpreting Research in
Special Education;

Master of Science in Exceptionalities

OR

(This

79.591 Research in Education

70.591 Practicum in Special Education

of 12 credits must be

taken in special education. Note: one graduate

methods course is recommended if previous
methods course has not been taken in the last five
and Supervision

70.565 Reading and Interpreting Research in

Special Education

Special Educadon;

70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individuals

Mathemadcs
Needs

70.522

70.575 Seminar in Current Issues in Special

Education

70.525 Education of Individuals with

Electives (a

70.501 Administration

Needs
70.533 Language Arts for Students with Special
Needs
70.544 Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
older than

Needs

Special

Needs
.\rts for

Students with Special

Needs

for Individuals with

70.544 Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques

Disabilities

70.547 Technology and Exceptional Individuals

70.552 Project in Special Education

The

Disabilities

70.526 Transition Services for Individuals with

70.533 Language

Mild Disabilities

70.556

70.525 Education of Individuals with

Moderate/Severe

five years)

70.550 Elementary Methods for Individuals with

Mild

70.550 Elementary Methods for Individuals with

Mentally Gifted Individuals

70.559 Seminar in Special Education

Mild

Disabilities

70.551 Secondary Methods for Individuals with

70.562 Issues of Individuals with Physical

Mild Disabilities

Disabilities

70.570 Foundations of Behavior Disorders

70.552 Project in Special Education

70.572 Seminar in Behavior Disorders

70.556

70.595 Internship

70.559 Seminar in Special Education

70.596 Special Workshop

in

70.522 Mathematics for Students with Special

previous assessment course

Methods

and Supervision

70.506 Introduction to Early Intervention

70.547 Technology and Excepdonal Individuals

70.551 Secondary

of 12 credits must be

Special Education

Special

if

minimum

taken in special education)

Disabilities

70.526 Transition Services for Individuals with

(recommended

OR

79.591 Research in Education

for Students with Special

Moderate/Severe

(9 credits)

70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individuals

in

70.506 Introduction to Early Intervention

is

Choice A: Thesis option - 24 hours course
work plus six credits for thesis
Choice B: Department paper option - 30 hours
of course work plus department paper
Choice C: Course work option - 36 hours
course work

Core requirements

years).

70.501 Administration

to cerdfication in

Graduation requirements:

Education

minimum

program does not lead

Teaching the Mentally/Physically Handicapped)

70.575 Seminar in Current Issues in Special

Electives (a

related fields such as reading, early childhood,

curriculum and foundations, psychology and

course work.

1

Gifted Individual

70.562 Issues of Individuals with Physical

(1-6 credits)

Workshop 2 (1-6 credits)
70.598 Special Workshop 3 (1-6 credits)
72.572 Augmentative Communication
74.501 IntroducUon to Sign Language
70.597 Special

With adviser approval, students may

The Mentally

Disabilities

70.570 Foundations of Behavior Disorders
70.572 Seminar in Beha\ior Disorders

70.595 Internship
also

choose additional elective graduate courses

in

70.596 Special Workshop

1

(1-6 credits)

70.597 Special Workshop 2 (1-6 credits)

65
70.598 Special

Workshop

70.562 Issues of Individuals with Physical

3 (1-6 credits)

72.572 Augmentative Communication
74.501 Introduction to Sign

Disabilities

70.572 Seminar in Behavior Disorders

Language

With adviser approval, students may

also

choose additional elective graduate courses

in

70.575 Seminar in Current Issues in Special

Education

related fields such as reading, early childhood,

70.596 Special Workshop

curriculum and foundations, psychology and soci-

70.597 Special Workshop 2 (1-6 credits)

ology.

70.598 Special Workshop 3 (1-6 credits)

Master

of

Certification

in

Science

and

Exceptionalities

in

(1-6 credits)

72.572 Augmentative Communication

Teaching the Mentally/Physically

74.575 Counseling Needs of Communicatively

Requirements.

74.501 Introduction to Sign Language

Disordered Individuals and Their Families

Handicapped

Graduation

required to complete a
(M.S.)

I

Students

minimum

and a maximum of 45

are

of 36 credits

credits or 42 credits

plus student teaching (M.S. plus certification).

elective

graduate courses

in

related fields such as reading, early childhood,

curriculum and foundations, psychology and

Core Requirements
70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individuals

sociology.

A special

70.565 Reading and Interpreting Research in
Special Education;

With adviser approval, students may also
choose additional

OR

education supervisory ceruficate

be obtained with an M.S.

79.591 Research in Education

five years

in special

may

educadon and

teaching experience in the discipline.

60.501 Major Philosophies of Education

Certificauon Courses (equivalent courses

may

Supervisory Certificate in Special Education
(Prerequisites: B.S. in Special Education

be considered)
70.506 Introduction to Early Intervention
70.522 Mathematics for Students with Special

Needs

five years

Requirements:

Management and Administration

70.525 Education of Individuals with

Moderate/Severe

70.501 Administradon

and Supervision

in

Education of Exceptional Individuals

Disabilities

Law and Finance
Law and Finance

70.526 Transition Services for Individuals with

School

Needs
70.533 Language Arts for Students with Special
Needs
70.544 Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
70.547 Technology and Exceptional Individuals
70.550 Elementary Methods for Individuals with

60.576 School

Special

Mild Disabilities
70.551 Secondary

and

teaching experience in the discipline.

Group Dynamics
60.514
60.578

Home, School, Community Relations
Group Processes in Supervision

or

Research Techniques

60.577 Educational Research for Supervisors or
70.565 Reading and Interpreting Research in

Methods

for Individuals with

Mild Disabilities

Special Education or

79.591 Research in Education

70.559 Seminar in Special Education

Curriculum Development

70.570 Foundations in Behavior Disorders

60.584 Curriculum and Instrucdon, Theory,

70.591 Practicum in Special Education;

OR

70.401 Student Teaching with Exceptional

Design and Development or
60.585 Curriculum and Instrucdon, Evaluation

PracUcum

Individuals
70.461 Problems in Special Education

-

Field Experience

70.595 Internship

Electives

70.501 Administration

and Supervision

70.552 Project in Special Education
70.556

The Mentally

in

Faculty Research Interests



Special Education

Gifted Individual

Mary B. Hill, Ph.D., professor
Special educadon research and technology. E-mail:
hill@planetx.bloomu.edu

66
Kenneth

P.

Hunt, Ph.D., professor

— Behavior

disorders, applied behavior analysis, behavior

management.

E-mail:

hunt®

planetx.bloomu.edu

Dove Jones, Ed.D.,

Sheila



associate professor

Early childhood, assessment, inclusive pracE-mail: jones@planetx.bloomu.edu

tices.

Michael J. Karpinski, Ph.D., assistant professor



Exceptionalities, vocational education, transition, supervision. E-mail:

mk.arp@planetx.bloomu.edu

James

K. Krause, M.S., assistant professor

Special education administration, inclusive
practices, ethics,

language

arts,

exceptionali-

E-mail: jk.rause@planetx.bloomu.edu

ties.

Darlene

E. Perner, Ed.D., assistant professor

Inclusive education, assessment.

Carroll

J.

Redfern, Ed.D., professor

-



Exceptionalities, supervision, special education

regulations,

program reviewer

E-mail: red-

fern@planetx.bloomu.edu
Cynthia N. Schloss, Ph.D., assistant professor
transition, inclusive practices,



advocacy and

legislation. E-mail:

schloss@planetx.bloomu.edu
Philip Tucker, Ed.D., assistant professor

Moderate/severe



disabilities, qualitative

research, mental retardation, transition planning,

commimication and language

develof>-

ment. E-mail: tucker@planetx.bloomu.edu



Joseph M. Youshock, Ed.D., professor
Vocational assessment - secondary education,
transition, supervision. E-mail:

pIanetx.bloomu.edu

youshock®

67

Speech-LanguagePathology

Administered By: Department of Audiology and



Applicants must have a bachelor's degree

Speech Pathology
Campus Address: Navy Hall

from an accredited

Bloomsburg University
400 E. Second Street

of

institution with a major in
communication disorders and a minimum QPA

Applicants whose major

2.8.

than commimication disorders

is

in

will

an area other
be required to

complete certain academic and

Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301

satisfactorily

Telephone Number: (717) 389-4436
Coordinator: G. Donald Miller, Ph.D.

practicum deficiencies. These

Degree Awarded: Master of Science

transcript.

will

be prescribed

by faculty following analysis of the individual's

The Graduate Record Examination



Enrollment: 31

is

required of all applicants. Typically, successful stu-

Departmental Faculty

dents have had scores of at least 1450.

Dianne H. Angelo, Ronald R.
Champoux, Robert J. Lowe
Associate Professors: Shaheen Awan, Julia M.

rials is



Professors:

Deadline for submission of application mateFebruary

15.

Retention. Graduate students must maintain a

QPA of 3.0 with a maximum

Weitz

of two Cs throughout

the graduate program. If a grade of C

About the Program
The graduate program

is

earned

in

To
students must make

a clinic course, the course must be repeated.
in

speech pathology

progress in graduate school,

prepares students for clinical practice with a vari-

application for admission to candidacy after they

communication disorders and in a variety of
clinical settings. The program is heavily based on
clinical experience both in our in-house clinic
and culminating with a full semester of extern-

have completed

ety of

ship practicum in a clinic, hospital

and/or school

Admission. In addition to meeting the general

admission

requirements

for

the

School

of

Graduate Studies, applicants for the master's
degree program in speech pathology must meet
the following requirements:

to

15

semester hours of

Graduation.

The graduate program in speech
minimum of 48 semester

pathology consists of a

hours with most courses being required. Clinical
experience

setting.

12

coursework.

ble

is

considered necessary and inseparaIt becomes
development of a com-

from the existing course sequence.

an important step

in the

petent clinician, linking the classroom and text-

book information with clinical experience, certifiand eventual employment in the field.

cation

Applicants are required to submit a one-



page,

typed letter detailing their professional

Required Courses

background, experience and rationale for wanti-

72.550 Adult Aphasia

ng

72.552 Preschool Language Disorders

to

be admitted to the program in speech

pathology.


Applicants are required to submit three

72.554 Stuttering
let-

72.556 Phonology

recommendation from references who
have knowledge of their academic and clinical
background. This information must include the
name, address, position and telephone number

72.558 Clinic

of each reference.

72.565 Speech Disorders in Adults and Children

ters

of

I

72.560 Voice Disorders
72.562 Language Disorders of School-aged

Children

68
72.566 Clinic

Pathology

II

72.572 Augmentative Communication
72.576 Clinic

Pathology

III

72.580 Communication Disorders of the

Head

Traumatically

Faculty Research Interests
Shaheen Awan, Ph.D.,

Pathology
72.583 Swallowing Disorders

72.584 Field Experience

I

72.586 Field Experience

II

Elective Courses

72.568 Speech Habilitation in the Schools
II -

Secondary Language Disorders

72.574 Seminar in Communication Disorders
72.590 Independent Study and Research
72.591 Independent Study and Research

Workshop

in

Audiology and/or Speech

Pathology
72.593 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech



associate professor

Voice, research, speech science, clinic

Dianne H. Angelo, Ph.D., professor
clinical



Clinic,

methods, augmentative communica-

tion

72.530 Fundamentals of Audiology

72.592

72.599 Master's Thesis

Injured

72.582 Research in Speech and Language

72.570 Adult

72.594 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech

Ronald

R.

Champoux,

Ph.D., professor

Neurogenic disorders of speech and


lan-

guage, orofacial disorders of speech, clinic

Robert J. Lowe, Ph.D., associate professor
Phonology, phonetics,
Julia

clinic

M. Weitz, Ph.D., associate professor

Normal language, language disorders
dren




in chil-

69

Supervisory Certificate Programs



Curriculum and instruction-theory, design and



Curriculum and early childhood, elementary,

Bloomsburg University
400 E. Second Street



Research



Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301



Administered By: Department of Curriculum

development

and Foundations

Campus Address:3213 McCormick Center

Human

for

middle and secondary education

Services

Telephone Number:(717) 389-4030



management and administration
Group dynamics
School law and finance

Coordinator: John R. Hranitz, Ed.D.



Practicum

Supervision,

-

field

experience

Department E-mail Address:
hranitz@bloomu.edu

Subject Specialist:

About the Program

...36

semester hours

Childhood Education
Elementary Education

....30

semester hours

Early

The Supervisor of Curriculum and

Instruction

Programs include the supervisor of

Certificate

Curriculum and Instruction

30 semester hours

Reading

30 semester hours

curriculum and instruction certificate (N, K-12)

School Health Service

30 semester hours

and the subject

Secondary Education

30 semester hours

specialist supervisory certificate

programs designed for supervisors
specialization.

They are designed

in

an area of

for individuals

seeking certification with district-wide responsibilities

includes

that

coordinating,

designing,

improving, evaluating, and extending instruction

from

N

to 12.

Communication

30 semester hours

Foreign Languages

30 semester hours

Mathematics

30 semester hours

Science

30 semester hours

Social Studies

30 semester hours

Special Education

21 semester hours

Admission. Candidates must provide proof of
a valid Pennsylvania teaching certificate

and must

provide evidence of at least five years of satisfactory

teaching experience.

emergency

certificate or

Prerequisites for Admission:


(Experience on an

an intern

certificate

is

not acceptable.)

Certification in the area for

ry certification


At least

experience

is

which superviso-

sought.

five years

of satisfactory teaching

in the field for

which

certification

sought. (Valid certificate in the field

is

is

required)

Program Requirements:

Requirements
Supervisory

A minimum
(N,

K-12).

This

program

is

designed for the person with primary responsibil-

and directing the

level

of 30 semester hours of graduate-

courses from the following areas:



Management and



Principles

administration



and practices
School law and finance
Group dynamics

of 36



Research techniques

semester hours at the graduate level from seven



Curriculum development

areas of competency:



Practicum

ity

supervising

fessional

activities

of pro-

and non-professional employees

in

given fields.

Candidates must complete a

minimum



-

field

in

school supervision

experience

70

Cooperative Doctoral Program

Bloomsburg
in

offers a Doctorate of

cooperation

with

Pennsylvania (lUP). This
al

program

in

is

Education

special education

Students take courses at both Bloomsburg and

a cooperative doctor-

Indiana, and the doctoral committee guiding the

University

elementary education that com-

bines the resources of both institutions.

gram includes



of

Indiana

areas of concentration

in:

The

pro-

dissertation consists of faculty

from both

institu-

tions.

Those interested

in this doctoral

degree pro-



curriculum and supervision;



administration

gram, should contact John R. Hranitz, 3213
McCormick Center for Human Services,



reading

Bloomsburg

• early


childhood education

educational psychology

University,

400

E.

Second

Bloomsburg, PA 1781 5-1 30 1 (717) 389-4030.

St.,

71

Course Descriptions

Course Codes
Code

Field of Study

91

Accounting

46

Anthropology

46

30

Art

73

31

Art History

73

32

Art Studio

74

72

Audiology/Speech-Language Pathology

94

Page
101

79

50

Biology

90

Business Education

23

40

Communication
Communication Studies
Computer and Information Systems
Economics

60

Educational Foundations

25
92

100

72
73
101

76

87

62

Elementary and Early Childhood Education. ...89

96

Finance

05

Exercise Science

80

Health Sciences

97

42

History

76

57

Instructional Technology

85

09

Interdisciplinary Studies

72

98

104

93

Law and Legal Elements
Management

55

Marine Science

97

Marketing

27

Mass Communications

73

53

Mathematics and Computer Science

82

103

and Adult

Fitness

71

102

84
104

82

Nursing

94

Office Information Systems

54

Physics

44

Political

79

Professional Studies

97

48

Psychology

79

63

Reading

63

65

Secondary Education

91

45

Sociology

77

70

Special Education

92

74

Studies in Hearing Loss

96

97
103

83
Science

76

72

Exercise Science

and Adult

health and fitness programs in public

Fitness

Administered by Department of Health, Physical
Ekiucation

Provides experiences

(3)

-

the use of conventional

in

technology and procedures

in the

health

Interdisciplinary Studies

measurement

and assessment of physiological functioning and
the maintenance and calibration of such equip>-

Administered by College of Arts and Sciences

political

05.510

Assessments

Physiological

(3)

Provides a complete overview of the research
process employed in exercise science. Specific

emphasis

review and basic

statistical

liter-

procedures.

and methodolo-

gies (qualitative, survey) are also discussed.

-

Includes basic ECG theory and interpretaand the theory and applied physiology of

exercise testing.

Sharpens students'

-

ing

skills

major developments

critical

thinking and writ-

while interpreting and analyzing recent

research in exercise science. Critically studies the

most recent research
ence and

its

physiology,

in the

area of exercise

sci-

subdisciplines, including exercise

epidemiology

and

biochemistry.

Deepens students' understanding of the develop>ment of a line of inquiry in exercise science and
integrates

and

Union

the Soviet

in

1917 employing lectures,

films,

slides,

since

guest

discussion.

09.427 Socialism: Theory and History (3)

-

Surveys socialist philosophies from Biblical times
to the present

concentrating on the theories of

Mao and

including a

review of the major historical events surrounding
socialist

development.

09.580-589 Special Topics (1-3)

-

Provides an

opportunity for graduate students from any grad-

05.512 Current Research in Exercise Science
(3)

enable students to better

to

Marx, Engels, Lenin and

05.511 Concepts in Graded Exercise Testing
-

science

speakers, readings

Alternative research paradigms

(3)

(3)

understand the USSR. Encompasses some of the

given to conceptualization of the

is

research problem, hypothesis development,

tion

USSR

09.401 History and Politics of the

Provides sufficient background in history and

ment.

ature

private

and management positions within the
and fitness industries.

ership

and Athletics
05.500 Technology in Health/Fitness

and

agencies. Students are prepared to a.ssume lead-

and extends the information covered

in the prerequisite courses.

uate program to

expand

their

knowledge from a

previously learned experience or to explore a

new

learning experience not offered on a regular

Each course

basis.

hours.

carries

from

1

to 3

semester

determined by the

are

Prerequisites

instructor

09.590 Graduate Internship (1-6)
work-study experience

an academic faculty

initially

-

Provides a

administrated by

member and

a sponsoring

employer Provides the opportunity for an

intern-

ship experience across disciplines at a graduate

05.575 Adult Exercise Programming (3)

-

level.

Concentrates on the physiological responses and

09.599 Master's Thesis (3-6)

adaptations that result during and after exercise.

Focuses on energy metabolism, the structure and

Communication

function of skeletal muscles and cardiovascular

Administered by Department of Communication

dynamics during exercise.
05.576

Adult

Exercise

Studies and Theatre Arts

Physiology

(3)

-

Provides a continuation of basic and advanced

23.501

Nature

of Communication

(3)

-

Examination, discussion, and evaluation of defin-

exercise physiolog)' principles. Intended to devel-

itions

op student's knowledge of the physiology of

communication. Emphasizes developing compe-

human performance,
aids,

and theories

in the

contemporary study of

the effects of ergogenic

tencies in recognizing philosophical assumptions,

aging and the environment on physical per-

conceptual elements and adequacy of communi-

fomiance.
05.577

cauon

Methods and Materials

in

Adult

- Emphasizes the academand technical knowledge necessar)' to conduct

theories.

23.502 Interpersonal Communication

(3)

-

Physical Education (3)

Surveys assumptions, models, theories, processes

ic

and contexts

related to the study of person-to-per-

73
son communication. Studies ways of perceiving

communication of self to others

the

as a

means of

strengthening social interactions.

23.598

Master's

Research

Art
Administered by Department of Art
30.590 Current Theories of Art and Art

Project

-

(3)

Education

Independent research on a topic approved by the
student's ad\'iser(s).

and

art

research paper or research project

Communication Studies

Advanced Visual Arts

30.591

Children

Studies and Theatre Arts

25.501

Introduction
(3)

to

Communication
fields

of research

communication and an examination of the
contributions of professional speech communication organizations, graduate studies and research.
Examines and evaluates historical, descriptive and
in

experimental research studies.

A

pilot thesis

is

required to demonstrate competency in research

techniques and use of bibliographical resources.
25.502 Rhetorical Cridcism (3)
ry

and practice

in the investigauon

-

Studies tJieo-

and evaluation

of symbolic acts created by people to influence

thought and behavior.
25.585 Special Topics in Communication (3)

for

(3)

-

in

its

30.595 Master's Thesis (3-6)

Art History
Administered by Department of Art
31.560
Readings
and
Research
in
Contemporary Art History (3) - Detailed study of
contemporary movements in art from the late
19th century to the present with readings

setting.

integrity

Students must

of their proposed

relevance to course work in the

Art History (3)

Department

Advanced study of the

of

and Design

Mass
(3)

from Pre-

Impressionism.
31.575 Readings and Research in Oriental Art
History (3)

-

Advanced survey of Oriental Art

in

the broadest sense of the word, the art and archi-

and
and

India.

An

Near

cultural ideas. Exposes

problems

East, Japan,

introduction to both

China

monuments

advanced students

in chronolog)', style

to

and research

-

Focuses on the practical aspects of planning and

producing video tapes for specific instructional
purposes. Covers pre-production planning, pro-

duction acdvities and post-producuon editing.

history of

31.571 Readings and Research in Later
European Art History (3) - Examines period from
the
early
Renaissance
through
French

basic

27.511 Television Production

-

America.

tecture of the ancient

Mass Communications
by

and

Historic to Gothic.

major Contact departmental internship coordinator to obtain detailed informadon and forms.

Administered
Communications

which the handi-

-

Integrates classroom experience

government work

experience and

activity

possesses.

specific topics relating to the periods

Communication

pracdcal work experience in industrial, busi-

achieve academic

creative

capped child

31.570 Readings and Research in Early
European Art History (3) - Research focuses on

25.590 Master's Research Paper (3)

ness or

aspects

visual art in

25.587 Special Topics in Commimication (3)

Graduate

art activity

means of enriching and stimulating special
children's awareness of themselves and their
world. Emphasis is placed on those positive

31.565 Readings and Research in American

25.586 Special Topics in Communication (3)

witli

for Exceptional

importance of

-

semester.

Internship

Stresses

A

required.

research for advanced students.

Specialized study by the class. Subjects vary by

25.597

-

(3)

is

as a

Overview of the

-

Focuses on current theories of art

emphasis on eventual application.

with an

Administered by Department of Communication

Research

-

(3)

education practiced in American schools

methodology.
31.580

Readings

and
Research
in
- Advanced survey of

Architectural Art History (3)

the evolution

of architecture

in

the Western

World from the Pharaonic Egyptian period
through the contemporary 20th century. Typical

and outstanding examples of each period are

dis-

74
cussed and researched. Imperative to an understanding of the physical structures studied
analysis of the type of society

and the

is

an

rationale for

31.585 Art and Culture of France (3)

-

Study-

tour of France with specific attention to French

ronment.

and

Visits will

social

and

cultural envi-

be made to places of

cultural interest in

cific

its

and around

jects.

32.512 Advanced Drawing

the creation of such an architecture.

Art seen in relation to

Advanced Drawing II (3) - Emphasis ori
development of individual themes and pro-

32.511
tlie

Paris

artistic

and

spe-

areas of France related to the particular

Focuses on

-

III (3)

personal expression and imagery for potential
- self-direction and innovation.
Advanced Drawing IV
(3)
Concentration and production of drawings for

thesis statement

32.513

-

a

unified thesis statement.

32.520 Advanced Crafts

1

-

(3)

Advanced

levels

course of study. Course also offered through the

of experimentation with contemporary idioms in

Continuing and Distance Education for advanced

crafts design.

and members of the community.
31.592 Readings and Research in Advanced
Visual Aesthetics (3) - Advanced study of images
and viable aesthetic positions in the plastic arts
emphasizing artistic and perceptual awareness
and concern with environmental relationships.

concepts of form and methods and on investiga-

students

31.595 Directed Study in Art History (3-6)

Advanced study of a
ry.

the

-

tion

Emphasis on highly professional

and refinement of techniques

means of

as a

realizing significant visual statements in crafts.

Individualized instruction

ning for each student on

and independent
all

32.521 Advanced Crafts
centration

on

specific

four

plan-

levels.

Individual con-

II (3) -

media and related

tech-

topic in the area of art histo-

niques. Intense involvement with refined design

Intensive review of the scholarly literature in

schemes, systems and variations that are oriented

field.

A paper is

required under the direction

toward an increasingly more defined singular

of a faculty adviser

direction in crafts.

Art Studio

pendent and mature involvement with advanced

32.522 Advanced Crafts

Administered by Department of Art
32.500 Advanced Ceramics

(3)

I

-

concepts, methods

Requires stu-

crafts direction.

III

(3)

Highly inde-

-

and processes

a specific

in

Students should begin to develop

dents to define in writing their level of knowledge

a thesis presentation

and competency, then prepare

studio experiences, independent research, and

a plan of study

that will allow for a direction of work. Students

are responsible for

making and

firing their

own

which should emerge from

from a wide, highly selective exposure
objects in museums, galleries and private
32.523 Advanced Crafts IV (3)

work.
32.501 Advanced Ceramics

11

(3)

-

Students

Concentration on completing

problem relating to the experiences gained in
Advanced Ceramics 1.
32.502 Advanced Ceramics III (3) - Students
continue to pursue an advanced and refined level

one-man or a one-woman show.

of study in the discipline of creating an art object.

level

A specialized problem
gained

in the first

two

relating to the experiences
levels facilitates continuity

in learning.

tion
crafts

-

Focuses on

professional

and philosophical

in students'

work. Students are required to have

attitude reflected

in

crafts.

works for a

final

A definitive

posi-

paper reflecting a personal philosophy

in

should be developed.

32.530 Advanced Graphics

I

-

(3)

Advanced

exploration of traditional and/or experi-

mental printmaking methods. Emphasis on per-

and technical
Advanced Graphics II

sonalized imagery
32.531

32.503 Advanced Ceramics IV (3)

Continued

-

involvement wiUi advanced concepts

intensify their study of selecting a specialized

to craft
studios.

proficiency.
(3)

-

Exploration

of advanced level printmaking including color

and color

registration procedures.

32.532 Adranced Graphics

III (3)

-

Focuses on

an exhibition of their work.

personalized forms for potential thesis statement.

32.510 Advanced Drawing I (3) - Explores
advanced drawing techniques and involvement of

Students are expected to be innovative and profi-

personal expression and imagery.

cient in technology of printmaking.

32.533

Advanced

Graphics

IV

(3)

-

75
Concentration on the selected forms for a unified

uaUon of work and a

final

portfolio required.

underpainting.

and criuques is required.
32.582 Advanced Photography III (3) Stresses proficiency in black and white exposure
and prindng. Students design a semester photographic project with a finished portfolio and exhi-

32.541 Advanced Painting II (3) - Exploration
and different approaches of painting for individual expression. Emphasis on achieving in repre-

bition as final goals. Continued class participation
and development of technical skills expected.
32.583 Advanced Photography IV (3) -

Attendance

statement.

iliesis

32.540 Advanced Painting

(3)

I

-

Searches into

purpose of painting with specific attention
ditional

methods,

i.e.,

to tra-

egg tempera and

glazing,

Students write a statement outlining their thesis

sentauonal painting.
32.542 Advanced Painting

Continued

III (3) -

development into maturity of individual
widi emphasis

style

on mural painting designed

-

-

Mature

ful-

fillment of personal expression. Painting should

is

to

diesis,

of intent and

style.

A

prepared for exhibition and

32.550 Advanced Sculpture

I

(3)

selection

Requires

-

final

32.595 Directed Study in Studio Art (3 or 6)

ment

in a studio area after satisfactory

-

involve-

completion

of four levels of advanced study in that area or in
a

area of relevance. Consent of the
and the department chairperson are

related

instructor

diesis.

A

be carried out during the course.

exhibidon and portfolio are required.

Continued development of a student's

32.543 Advanced Painung IV (3)

of work

work

into

architectural space.

reflect continuity

at lectures

required.

students to define in wridng their level of knowl-

World from the Pharaonic Egyptian period

edge and philosophical direction, then prepare a

through the contemporary 20th century. Typical

plan of study that allows for a direcuon of work.

and outstanding examples of each period are discussed and researched. ImperaUve to an understanding of the physical structures studied is an
analysis of the type of society and the radonale for

Students are responsible for the completion of

show

quality pieces.

32.551

Advanced Sculpture

II

on student experimentauon while

(3)
still

Emphasis

-

being con-

the creation of such an architecture.

cerned with the concept form. Focus on growth

and development of more

positive philosophical

Art seen in relation to

ideas.

32.552 Advanced Sculpture

work should

III (3)

Students'

-

reflect a significant transition

from

experimentation to a more definite direction

in

technique and aesthedc opinion.
-

Students

produce highly professional pieces of art while
maintaining an awareness of their responsibility
to society.

This responsibility

is

fulfilled

by an

work for a thesis.
32.580 Advanced Photography I (3) - Focuses

exhibition of each student

on foundations of black and white photography
for the advanced student. Emphasis on the technical controls

of exposure and printing, research

and contemporary photographers
and active pardcipation in class cri-

historical

and

issues

tiques

and

32.581

lectures.

Advanced

ronment.

Photography

II

(3)

-

Students idendfy technical and conceptual probwill

Study-

and

cultural interest in

cific

its

social

and

cultural envi-

be made to places of artisdc

Visits will

and aroimd

Paris

and

spe-

areas of France related to the particular

Continuing and Distance Education for advanced
students and

members of the community.

31.592 Readings and Research in Advanced
Visual Aesthedcs (3)

and

pursue during the

course. Written statement of intentions, self-eval-

-

Advanced study of images

viable aesthetic posiuons in the plastic arts

emphasizing artistic and perceptual awareness
and concern with environmental reladonships.
31.595 Directed Study in Art History (3-6)

Advanced study of a
ry.

the

-

topic in the area of art histo-

Intensive review of the scholarly literature in
field.

A

paper

is

of a faculty adviser.

lems and goals which they

-

course of study. Course also offered through the

32.553 Advanced Sculpture fV (3)

on

31.585 Art and Culture of France (3)

tour of France with specific attention to French

required under the direction

v

76

Economics

History

Administered by Department of Economics

Administered by Department of History
42.404 Topics in American History (3)

40.513 Origin and Development of Capitalism
capital-

Seminar allows students

to focus

ism and the subsequent influence of leading caj>

topic or related topics in

American

(3)

-

Covers transition from feudalism to

on

institutions

italist

com-

industry, agriculture,

Economic

Labor

Theory

Emphasizes labor economic theory and
cation in analyzing the issues of
inflation. Topics include

and

its

(3)

its

-

appli-

employment and

ciated with

hour laws and
choices,
capital

civil

job search, labor mobility and human

formation included. Students are exposed

to research

and measurement methodology

to

meet the research requirements of the course.
40.515 Public Policy and Business (3)

on public
cal,

policies affecting the

philosophical

and

-

42.452 Soviet Russia (3)

Soviet foreign policy.

42.453

America
ments

Current Economic Problems

ciples

our

society. Basic

(3)

-

interest

economic

prin-

and theories and the thinking of recog-

-

Compares workings and performance of the
major forms of economic organization: capitalist
systems; the modern welfare states; state capitalism; communism; and socialism.
40.533 International Economic Policies and
Relations (3) - Applies modern international economic and financial analyses to emerging contemporary problems of nations trading with one

in

European

politics,

and

ernmental and intergovernmental relations and
regulations.

in

European

-

(3)

histor)'.

periods. Discusses

modand analyzes

history, philosophy,

period.

Research paper required. Topics vary from semester to semester. Prerequisite: 42.112 or 42.133.

42.472 Histor)' of Labor in the United States
-

Surveys the emergence and development of

organized labor from the post-Civil
the present.
analysis

War period

to

A third of the course is devoted to an

of contemporary

labor-management
in our

problems and labor's changing role
increasingly technological

societ)'.

Prerequisite: 3

semester hours in history.

Political Science
Administered by Department of

Political Science

44.405 Development of Political Thought (3)

to the present.

international cartels;

Focuses on impact of gov-

European History

science and art of a chosen

optimum currency area;
rates.

in

topics

secondary materials on the

A

exchange

of Latin

history, in the medieval, early

modern

another. Selected topics include: customs unions;

flexible

countries

selected

Seminar-st)ie course studies variet)' of problems

(3)

40.532 Comparative Economic Systems (3)

indicate recurrence of historical

42.460/61 Topics

nized economists of the past and present as
revealed in their published works.

Analyzes recent events or move-

Investigates select

in

Examines economic problems of current

-

may

America. Not offered every semester.

ern and

action.

Not offered every semester.

Problems of Contemporary Latin

(3)

that

government

to

Presents a critical

problems or major developments of international

histori-

of regulation;

the rationale of free enterprise. Intensive analysis

and concern

-

Prerequisite: 42.113.

of selected areas of economic policy related to

40.531

for a

semester to

economic and culevolution of the Soviet Union and a study of

significance

Focuses

economy:

legal basis

and production

analysis of the political, social,

Occupational

legislation.

topic

distribu-

economics of poverty, minimum wage, and

tion,

the

semester.

tural

unionism and income

history for in-

analysis. Includes historiograph

paper. Topics vary from

research

growth of the labor force

composition, wage theories and wage

structures, trade

-

specific

of the chosen topic, discussion of problems asso-

merce, banking and the social movement.

40.514

depth study and

on a

-

chronological survey from the ancient Greeks

Examines the ideas of seminal

political thinkers as they

grapple with perennial

problems.

44.409 American

Political

Thought

(3)

-

Analyzes die reladonship of American polidcal

77
thought to modern political tlieory. Traditional
models are used in a historical, chronological way
but are reworked to show their relation and relevance to contemporary actions and

issues.

Covers

main ideas of the leading political thinkers in
America from the colonial period to the present.
the

44.437 Public Administration Applications (3)

Examines major theories of public management
and their application in the workplace to

-

and
simuladons and requires a term paper based on a
government agency's data.
productivity. Uses readings, cases

enhance

44.438 Public Personnel Administration (3)

Examines public service
needs of nauonal,
civil

as a career, the

state,

and

local

and current

The

President and Congress

(3)

-

Reviews presidential and congressional poliucs,

relationships, constitutional issues. Explores the
limitations,

44.446 Constitutional

policy including the determinants of policy, poli-

ters.

44.464 Government and Poliucs of Ireland (3)
-

Surveys historic, social, cidtural, and religious

developments

Law

institutions.
I

(3)

-

Analyzes the

and function of the Supreme

temporary

Offered

fall

and

federal-state

relation-

semester only.

ed to the
centrating
rights of

tion

Law II (3) - Studies the
Supreme Court as they are relatindividual and the government, conon nadonalization of the Bill of Rights,

'

persons accused of crimes, equal protec-

and voting

rights.

Offered spring semester

:

s

J

il

il

-

rary internadonal law.

The course

politics;

also

examines

the development of international organizadons

-

in Political

Science

Provides for individualized reading, research

and reporting under conditions of minimal
Projects must have departmental
approval and be under way by the end of the first
week of a session.
44.492 Seminar in Government and Politics
(3) - Examines selected issues about government
and polidcs in an attempt to review and unify theories
and methods of political science.

Studies policy-

making by the federal courts, primarily the
Supreme Court. Analyzes nature of the policymaking funcdon as well as the impact of policymaking on American society.
44.452 State and Local Government and
Polidcs (3) - Presents a description and analysis of
state and local legislatures, executives and judiciaries; the myths and realities of state and local
policies

.

(3) - Examines die nature of international law
and poliucs and surveys basic issues in contempo-

Emphasizes individual research projects.

only.

44.448 Judicial Process (3)
i

art.

Law and Organizations

supervision.

44.447 Constitutional

'

drama, music and

(3)

decisions of the

'

literature,

44.487 Internadonal

the court's interpretations of the powers of the
president. Congress,

concentration on a

Ireland and the Irish Republic. Examines con-

and selected issues.
44.490 Independent Study

ships.

'

in Ireland with

Court, concentrating on a case study approach of

evolution, structure,
:

expectations

citizen

and myths surrounding these

Analyzes sub-

cy-making machinery and implementation mat-

public policy-making roles, executive-legislauve

constitutional

-

and purposes of U.S. foreign

study of the government and politics of Northern

in the public service.

44.440

44.458 U.S. Foreign Policy (3)
stance, methods,

personnel

governments;

service law, personnel systems;

problems

-

tional and political context of policy formation
and implementation; the process for designing
and administering government programs; and
the techniques of analysis and evaluation diat are
or could be employed in formulating policy
objectives, choosing from among alternatives and
assessing performance. The approach is pragmatic, applied and interdisciplinary.

intergovernmental relations; current

and problems. Offered spring semester

only.

44.456 Public Policy (3)

Sociology
Administered by Department of Sociology
45.441 Social Indicators (3)

extends earlier learning

in

-

Reinforces

and

research techniques

and methods by focusing on systematic step-byand preparation of
social indicators at the federal, state and local levels of social policy planning and analysis.
Promotes understanding of social indicators and
step understanding, analysis,

the use of these indicators within

all levels

of soci-

ety.
-

Studies the institu-

45.443 Sociology of Deviant Behavior (3)

-

1:
,

78
Evaluates the presence
in

society.

and function of deviance
illness and various

Includes mental

of crime and
Examines how deviance
ly and legally through

stigmatized

types

is

handled

behavior.

tlierapeutical-

and

institutionalization

treatment. Attempts to provide a broad theoretiperspective as well as concrete examples of

cal

resource depletion, and increa.sing population
density.

deviance in any society. Examines current meth-

45.490 Sociology of Aging (3)
its

II

Offered

ues.

fall

work knowledge,

spring semester only.)

Utilizes

and

-

In-depth discussion of cognitive and behavioral

effects

of mass media, especially television, on

val-

audiences, the social structure of communica-

Surveys the

content and the political use of mass media.

skills,

semester only.

tions industry, particularly

45.451 Family Counseling (3)

-

major theoretical models for family assessment

Students critique the

and intervention with primary emphasis on

field.

eco-

Covers knowledge of rudimentary

logical systems.

assessment and intervention

problem

for

skills

solving with families.

for analyzing social

-

and economic

sented with special focus on

and administrative

policies.

Frameworks
policies pre-

Offered spring semes-

influence on media

latest research articles in the

Social Institutions

(3)

cross-culturally

Sciences (3)

-

An

in

the Social

introduction to computer use

depending on the

Emphasizes translating questions into data analy-

and interpretation

of

statistical

results.

interest of students

and

faculty.

cent's social interactions in

on the

adoles-

groups and

institu-

tions.

45.523

Community
social

The
Contemporary
American,
- An advanced examination of the

(3)

dynamics of community

life, its

institutions

organizations and people within the context

Offered spring semester only.

the development of post-industrial

45.467 Population Problems
population,

its

-

(3)

distribu-

and future

develop)-

tions composition, changes,

45.525 Current Social Issues (3)

Studies

major theories,

rent social issues

and

problems on society

cific

by

vital

processes.

Analyzes cur

social sciences

and spe

framework of sociological and anthropologi

cal data.

45.468 Social Ser%'ice Planning (3)

an advanced consideration of the

-

implementation of social and/or

social context

human

services

A

at federal, state

and

critical analysis

of the social effects of social poli-

local levels

of organization.

planning and services on people

45.578 Sociology of

Provides

of the development of social policy, planning, and

cy,

-

them. Explores issues and solutions within the

broad framework of the

influenced

o1,

societ)'.

solutions offered to solvt

ments of population and impacts of population
as

in a service-

oriented, post-industrial society.

Work

(3)

-

Focuses or

and organization of industrial and post
industrial societies and the relationship betweer
work organizations williin communities and soci
structure

ety.

Presents a sociological examination of worl

and the milieu of the worker Course focuses or
formal and informal work organizations, workei
job satisfaction and dissatisfaction.

45.474 Contemporary Environmental Issues
(3)

-

Examines some major human problems

that

lead to environmental deterioration, particularly
water,

air,

and noise

pollution, energy

and other



Studies the role of adolescents in contemporar)

Prerequisites: 45.260 or similar statistics course.

human

in

45.513 Adolescents in American Society (3)

(through use of SPSS).

for the social sciences

United

compared with those

U.S. society with special emphasis

45.465 Computer Applications

Sociological

-

in the

other societies. Specific institutions selected

legislative, judicial

ter only.

sis

45.511

its

examination of major institutions
States

45.453 Social Welfare Policy (3)

living,

and cultural consequences of
aging. Examines the contemporary issues, problems and programs of the aging. (Offered in
45.500 Sociology of Mass Communication (3)

-

(3)

problem-solving interventions in small groups
integrating social

Studies aging,

socio-psychological

ods of rehabilitation and pimishment.
45.450 Social Work. Processes

-

major theoretical themes, patterns of

Anthropology
Administered by Department of Anthropology
46.440 Language and Culture (3)

-

The

placi

!

79
of oral or non-oral language in

human

and contemporary

Topics discussed

include;

dialectal

cultures.

role of

language

and cognition and the

Surveys introducdon to the aboriginal, non-

-

(3)

of South America including the

ecological background, archaeology

and

cultural

consent of

or

48.464 Advanced Experimental Design (3)

-

Presents an advanced consideration of the plan-

and evaluation of research in the
and biological sciences, employing
parametric and non parametric statistics.
behavioral

Emphasizes inferential

statistics,

and

interpretation

design, analysis,

computer

utilization.

Prerequisites: 48.101, 48.160, 48.281, 48.282, or

patterns.

46.470 History of Anthropological Thought

and Theory (3) - Intensive survey of the leading
methods and theories of anthropological and ethnological interpretadon with special emphasis on
the concept of culture and its practical application to

48.253,

48.101,

Offered spring semester only.

instructor.

ning, conduct,

in education.

46.450 Peoples and Cultures of South America

literate cultures

Prerequisite:

discourse analysis,

variation,

multilingualism, language,

evolution

modern problems.

consent of the instructor.
48.466 Independent Study in Psychology (3)
Studies a topic via either review
technical

psychological

ry

or empirical

literature

manipulation of variables

in the field

under supervision of a psychology

ber.

-

and research of
or laborato-

faculty

mem-

Requires written report on results of study.

Psychology

Prerequisites:

Administered by Department of Psychology

mental approval and approval by the dean of the

48.406 Psychology Seminar (3)

-

Provides for

discussions of

may be repeated

current research and

change

and

in topic. Prerequisite: 48.101

with

and consent

of the instructor.

critical

-

Provides a

study of theories explaining development,

structure

and

organization

of

study, observation

May be repeated

self and learning points

48.101, 48.160, 48.281

of view. Prerequisite:

(minimum grade of C

in

-

Provides

and practice

in a

community.

for a total of 15 semester hours.

and completion of

(minimum grade of C

48.101, 48.160, 48.281

in

each) and consent of the instructor.

48.576 Theories of

personality.

Considers personality from psychoanalydc, social,
trait,

48.497 Psychology Practicum (3-15)

application of psychological knowledge through

Prerequisites: 90 credit hours

48.436 Theories of Personality (3)

instructor, depart-

College of Arts and Sciences.

an advanced consideration of significant topics in
psychology. Requires reports

Consent of the

Studies the historical

systems

Human

Learning

(3)

-

and contemporary learning

and models which

yield principles for

practical application.

each), 48.282 or consent of instructor. Offered
fall

Biology

semester only.
48.451

Laboratory

Processes (3)

-

Training

in

Group

Offers on-going experience

on

Administered by Department of Biological and
Allied Health Sciences

topics including norm-setting, leadership, prob-

lem solving, role playing cooperation/competition

and decision making.

Class size limited to 20

students. Prerequisite: 48.101
instructor.

48.453

Offered

fall

and consent of the

semester only.

Organizational

Psychology

50.411 Radiadon Biology (3)

-

structure; studies

fundamental properties of

on

plants

in

week including

and animals from

cells to

whole

biological studies.

Minimum

of 4 hours per

laboratory. Prerequisite: 50.232,

profit

50.233, 53.141, or consent of the instructor.

of individual perceptions, group dynamics, and

sis

organizadonal climate and strategies to maximize

and effectiveness of each component within and between complex organizations.

the saUsfaction

radi-

organisms; studies applicadon of radiochemicals

and research

and nonprofit service, military and governmental organizadons. Emphasizes the interaction

organisms and nuclear

adon, including physical, chemical and genedc

Describes the application of psychological theory
to the study of industrial, business,

Studies effects

living

effects
(3)

-

of radiation on

50.432 Microbial Genetics (3)

-

Genedc

analy-

of microbes to provide insights into the molec-

ular basis of gene action using viruses, bacteria
and lower eukaryotes. Topics include DNA, genetic

recombination, plasmids, transposons and

80
recombinant DNA. Two hours of lecture and
three hours laboratory per week. Laboratory

printmaking, gross specimen photography, copy-

Consent of the

nature work in close-ups, photomicrography, the-

hours

vary.

will

Prerequisite:

instructor or two of the following courses

General

50.242

Biochemistry,

-

52.341

Microbiology,

50.332 Genetics.

in

defects

birth

culture

cell

illustrations

and other

special techniques.

and cancer

described.

is

methods and karyotype
of lecture and two hours

Two hours

Two

hours lecture, 3 hours laboratory per week.

in the history

of

life

may be

required.

Examines major events
on Earth. Examines theoreti-

50.530 Evolution (3)

-

Laboratory studies include microscopic techniques,

sis

Additional laboratory' hours

The structure and
behavior of plant and animal chromosomes and
their effects on development are studied. The
clinical significance of chromosome abnormali50.441 Cytogenetics (3)

ties

transparencies, filmstrips, autoradiography,

ing,

-

models of evolutionary processes and the evidence of evolutionary change from studies of foscal

sil

and

extinct species.

Three hours lecture per

week.
50.531 Developmental Biology (3)

Study of

-

of laboratory work per week. Prerequisite: 50.233

and transformations that
occur during the existence of various model

or 50.332; 50.271; or consent of instructor.

organisms.

preparations.

Environmental Microbiology

progressive changes

Morphogenesis,

differentiation,

-

metabolism and genetic control are discussed.

Studies the interactions of microbes with plants

Laboratory studies use amphibian eggs collected

50.455

(3)

and animals and with each other in natural air,
water and soil habitats. The roles of microbes in
biogeochemical cycling, pollution and waste management are reviewed. Lab experience in sampling, counting and monitoring microbes in the
environment. Four hours per week. Additional
time

may be

required. Prerequisite: 50.242 or

locally

and other selected embryologic and micro-

scopic material. Four hours per week. Offered in

spring semester.

50.532 Molecular Genetics

-

(3)

Study of

macromolecules, macromolecular complexes,

and chromoon the eukaryotes.

protein synthesis, gene regulation

some

structure with emphasis

and gen-

Three hours lecture/seminar per week.
50.550 Mycology (3) - A critical survey of the
kingdom Fungi with emphasis on the

collecting period

AscomycoLa, Basidiomycota and Deuteromycota.

provides an opportimity for students to collect,

Lectures cover morphology, physiology, biochem-

consent of instructor

gy,

50.457 Entomology (3)

-

morphology, behavior,

classification

eral biology

mount and

of the insects.

Studies the physiolo-

A

properly display insects for study.

Taxonomic emphasis

limited to order

and

istr)',

cytology, genetics, systematics, ecology

and

family.

evolution. Laboratory sessions stress comparative

Equivalent to 5 hours per week including labora-

morphology of higher fungi, laboratory techniques and field mycology. Two hours lecture/3

tory.

50.462 Plant

Anatomy

(3)

-

Outlines recent

hours laboratory per week.

concepts of plant anatomy and historical consideration of classical researchers. Reviews structure,
function, growth

and morphogenesis of the vasand growth

cular plants. Addresses composition

of meristems and the

phenomena

of subsequent

tissue differentiation to increase appreciation

development
nization

of

events. Describes anatomical orga-

by developmental

and comparative

methods in order to explain important
and organ relationships. Two hours

cell, tissue

lecture,

3

hours laboratory per week. Prerequisite: 50.120.
50.463 Biological Photographic Techniques
(3)

as

-

Presents theory

and

practice of photography

applied to biology including negative and

50.551 Conservation Biology (3)

-

Presents the

science of preserving biodiversity and sustaining
the Earth. Draws

from the

fields

on and

synthesizes information

of ecology, evolution, genetics,

philosophy, economics, sociology and political

sci-

ence. Emphasis on the development of strategies
for

preserving populations, species,

communities and entire ecosystems
growing

human

biological

in the face of

populations and our impact on

the environment. Brings scientific principles and

theory to the problems of
serving the richness of

life

management

for pre-

on Earth. Three hours

of seminar per week.

50.559 Ornithology (3)

-

Presents the biology

81
physiological

and from museum collections along with a review
of ornithological literature. Emphasis on bird
vocalizations, behavior and morphology in mak-

Three hours lecture per week.
50.572 Comparative Animal Physiology

ing identifications. Students deliver a presenta-

ous environments with respect to regulation of

on an ornithological topic and participate

tion

class discussions. Field trips to

in

study birds of the

area also include an extended trip to an area such

I

as

Wallops Island, Va. Extra costs of approximate-

ly

$50

will

be incurred for the extended

Two

Compares higher vertebrate adaptations
body
week.
50.573 Systemic Physiology

how normal body
precise control

-

Provides a

rig-

of

animals,

and

plants

fungi,

function

is

(4)

Examines

-

maintained by the

and integration of the specialized

of various organ systems. Three hours

lecture, 3

treatment of the characteristics of natural

populations

-

volume and composition, core temper-

fluid

activities

field trips are required.

(3)

to vari-

ature and nitrogen metabolism. Four hours per

hours lecture, three hours laboratory per week.
50.560 Population Biology (3)

jl

trip.

activities

Off-campus
oroiis

i|

of higher vertebrates.

of birds along with bird identification in the field

hours laboratory per week.

50.575 Cell Physiology (3)

and chemical

-

Applies physical

principles to cellular processes, bio-

j'

Introduces students to current concepts in speci-

chemistry of cellular constituents, physiochemical

i'

ation, ecological

models of population structure

environment, bio-energetics and intermediate

and dynamics and principles of population genettheoretical and
ics. Stresses current research,
computational mathematical models and current

il

ic

techniques

in

of

study

the

populations.

metabolism. Three hours lecture/discussion per
week.

Neuromuscular

50.576

Physiology

(3)

-

Examines normal physiology of the nervous and

I

Additional time commitments and costs

be

skeletal

muscular systems;

incurred for required extended off-campus field

cellular

neurophysiology, muscle contraction,

will

specifically studying

I
!

trips.

I

Three hours of lecture/discussion per week.

50.561 Animal Behavior

introduction to

modern

An

-

(3)

in-depth

behavioral biology, ecol-

gradon. Three hours lecture and discussion per
week. Background in

mammalian or

systemic

ogy and evolution. Emphasizes current models of

physiology,

animal behavior and theoretical foundations of

mended. Prerequisites: 50.573 or equivalent and
knowledge of chemistry and electrical circuitry.
50.590 Current Topics in Biology (3) Critically examines a specialized topic in biology

ethology.

Project

oriented.

Students

master

appropriate theory, familiarize themselves with
appropriate literature and apply principles in project designed by the students

under the direction

and

costs will

field trips.

a lecture/seminar format. Topic varies each

semester offered.

be incurred for required off-campus

ed that the topic

Three hours of lecture

discussion, two

hours laboratory per week.

history, physiology,

May be repeated
is

different.

once, provid-

Three hours of

-

Presents

life

taxonomy and morphology of

medical importance to humankind.

Special attention given to clinical aspects such as

pendent

Allied Health Sciences, in an area

of biology in which the student has a particular
interest.

pre-

inde-

and

Biological

lem, employ an experimental design

and

An

direction of a

and treatment. Laboratory work

cation of parasitic disease through living

-

conducted under the
member of the Department of

investigation,

pathology, symptomology, diagnosis, prevention
stresses identifi-

lec-

ture/seminar per week.
50.591 Directed Study in Biology (3)

50.570 Medical Parasitology (3)
parasites of

in

biochemistry and anatomy recom-

commitments

of the professor. Additional time

'

sensory physiology, motor control and their inte-

Student encouraged to identify a prob-

and analyze

collected data. Study of perdnent literature

is

served material, proper handling of specimens

required.

and methods of professional patient interviewing.
50.571 Endocrinology (3) - Studies the indi-

Independent research and the preparation of a

glands of the endocrine system with

formal thesis in partial fulfillment of the require-

vidual

respect to their development, morphology, function, regulation

and

significance in integrating

50.592 Master of Education Thesis

(1-6)

ments for the degree of master of education
biology.

-

in

82
50.593 Master of Science Thesis (1-6)
Independent research and the preparation of
forma! thesis

-

a

of the recjuire-

in partial fulfillment

ments for the degree of master of science

in biol-

numerical

analysis. Includes the topics

of non-lin-

and approximation,
differentiation and integration, matrices and differential equations. Prerequisites: 53.322 and
ear equations, interpolation

ogy-

53.373.

Mathematics and Computer Science

Presents an area of mathematics not available as a

Administered by Department of Mathematics

regular course offering. Prerequisite: Consent of

53.491 Special Topics in Mathematics (3)

and Computer Science

instructor.

Group Theory

53.411 Introduction to

(3)

53.500

-

Applied Mathematics

algebra. Prerequisite: 53.310.

ing.

53.421 Advanced Calculus (3)

Presents a

-

rig-

orous treatment of the concepts of limit, continuderivadve and integral for funcdons of a single

real

Prerequisite:

variable.

consent of

53.226,

and Communication

Research

Continued and advanced study of theorems and
applications of group theory begun in abstract

ity,

for scientists

Calculus

(3)

-

manuscript and

to certain basic

communication
most

principles that are accepted in
Prerequisites: Analysis

I,

II,

that arise in governmental

and

integration.

Some

top-

ferentiation

and

Prerequisites:

Analysis

multiple

integration.

Permission

IV,

of

Instructor

53.422

It

Variables (3)

Presents a

-

An

intro-

and

on the problems

industrial projects.

includes modelling process, model construc-

tion including numerical considerations, testing

the appropriateness of the models, model analysis

and model research. Prerequisites
III

Complex

-

duction to the concepts and methods of mathematical modelling with emphasis

for multivariable calculus include partial dif-

and

Statistics.

tions of a single real variable. Topics include limit,

ics

disciplines.

Probability

III,

Presents a rigorous treatment of the study of func-

continuity, derivative

writ-

to prepare a

53.520 Mathematical Modeling (3)

Advanced

in

Practical information

-

(3)

about research and technical

A study of how

an introduction

instructor.

53.421/53.521

-

:

Analysis

I, II,

or permission of instructor

53.522 Applied Differential Equations (3)

rig-

-

orous treatment of the complex numbers and

Presents an advanced treatment of differential

theory of funcdons of a complex variable,

limits,

equations including systems of linear differential

Cauchy-Riemann
conformal map)-

equations, systems of nonlinear differential equa-

continuity,

analytic

functions,

equations,

contour

integrals,

tions

and boundary value problems and their
and applications.

pings and applications. Prerequisites: 53.226, con-

solutions, asymptotic behavior

sent of instructor.

Prerequisite: Analysis

53.451

Introduction

to

Topology

(3)

Introduces fundamentals of general topology;

mentary

set theory, topological spaces,

compactness,

connectedness,

mappings,

gy in practice and development of statistical tech-

niques

(3)

-

Models

An

introduction to the con-

and methods of probabilistic modeling for
random trials and occurrences. It covers classical
models, poisson processes, Markov chains,
Renewal and Braching processes and their applimanagement,

phenomena

physical

and

in engineering,

social sciences.

53.471 Numerical Analysis (3)

-

real

problem

world

A first course

solving.

in statistics.

53.542 Design and Analysis of Experiments

and

cepts

cations to various

for

Prerequisite:

Prerequisites: 53.226, consent of instructor.

Applicauons

comprehensive

treatment of applications of statistical methodolo-

completeness,

Probability

A

ele-

product and metric spaces; nets and convergence.

53.461/53.561

III.

53.541 Applied Statistics (3)

-

Provides a

computer-oriented analysis of algorithms of

-

(3)

Basic experimental statistics including analysis-of

\ariance procedures, principle of experimental
design, completely

randomized and randomized
factorial arrangements of

complete block designs,
treatments,

linear

and correlation

regression

analysis, covariance analysis

and

distribution-free

methods and the Taguchi approach

to

parameter

design.

53.543 Regression (3)

-

An

in-depth,

modem,

applied approach to the study of multiple linear

83
regression analysis. Topics include simple linear

regression

inferences in

regression,

analysis,

and the sciences). Prerequisites:56.121
(Computer Science 1), 53.125 (Analysis I),

linguistics

examination of residuals, multiple regression and

53.185 (Introduction to Discrete Mathematics),

model

53.310 or 53.314 or 53.360.

selection

Analysis

I, II, III,

procedures.

Probability

Prerequisites:

and

modern

the

53.576

Statistics.

53.544 Statisdcal Quality Control (3)

-

Presents

practice of statistical quality control

and management oriProbability and StadsUcs,

with a strong engineering
entation. Prerequisite:

Applied

Applicadon
their

53.592 Special Topics (3)

Time

A

-

(3)

and

and

applications.

It

includes invesdgation of trend, seasonal variations, serial

dependency and

estimation,

ers

forecasting,

stationarity,

and

techniques for stationary and

and

cov-

identification

nonstationary

moving average and mixed modand related computational problems.
53.563 Nonparametric Staustics (3) - Presents
a comprehensive account of statisdcal inference
autoregressive,
els

using nonparametric approaches. Attempts to

modern nonparametric techniques

provide

for

graduate

man-machine
given

course

to

systems. Special emphasis will be

mathematical programming models

to

including

OpUmal

Presents the

mathemaucal modeling applied

principles of
I

-

linear

and integer programming.

theory,

numerical integra-

and the matrix eigenvalue probproblems to be solved and the
numerical methods will be studied, including the
linear systems

lems.

The

original

derivation of the method, error analysis, conver-

and computational implementaIII, Fortran and an
elementary numerical method course (or permisgence

analysis

dons. Prerequisites: Calculus

sion of instructor).

56.576

Configuration

Networks:
(3)

-

Introduces students to

and
ter-

minology, concepts, hardware and software relat-

ed

to the establishment of a local

network and

provides hands-on experience in the procedure
necessary to

install

both a

PC and

Macintosh-

based local area network.

decision models will be a focus of the

Mathematical

53.573 {(3)

Software.

Prerequisite:

-

Physics
Administered by the Department of Physics.

The course demonstrates

the role

computers and computer software play

in

mathematical modeling and research. Students
learn to use

will

A

don, differential equadons, numerical solution of

Graduate Standing.
that

-

equadon and systems of equa-

dons, interpoladon

Implementadon

53.572 Operations Research (3)

(3)

course in numerical analysis in the

level

areas of nonlinear

data analysis with a view towards applicadon.
Prerequisite: Applied Statistics.

-.

Numerical Analysis

53:471/56.571

Its

survey of time series models,

analysis

statistical

Analysis

Series

for Instructional

Sequel to 53.375 where tech-

-

(3)

niques for creating color, graphics, and soimd are
examined and applied to the development of
instructional computing programs.

Statistics.

53.545

Computer Graphics

Applicadons

and apply various

types of soft-

54.421 Solid State Physics (3)
ical

-

Examines phys-

properties of matter in the solid state. Reviews

basic

quantum concepts,

crystal structure, elec-

trons in metals, electrical conductivity, semicon-

Includes discussion of topics such as combinator-

band theory and the p-n junction.
and magnetic properties of matter. Three hours of class per week. Prerequisite:
54.310, 54.314; Mathemadcs 53.225.
54.422 Thermodynamics (3) - Presents concepts and principles of classical thermodynamics,

(enumeration of various types of

thermodynamics of simple systems, introduction

ware including a spreadsheet such as Lotus

1-2-3,

computer algebra system such as Mathemadca
and a statistical analysis system such as SAS.

a

Prerequisite:

Graduate Standing.

53.574 Advanced Discrete Mathematics (3)

ial

analysis

objects), discrete structures

graphs and

(for

example,

-

sets,

ductors,

Studies dielectric

to

kinedc theory and statisdcal thermodynamics.

finite state

machines), algo-

Three hours of

rithmic thinking (development,

implementadon,

54.212,

and

and applicadons

Mathemadcs

relations,

verification of algorithms)

of these ideas to diverse fields (such as business.

class

or 54.112 with

per week. Prerequisite:

consent of instructor;

53.225.

54.450 Introduction to

Quantum Mechanics

84
Examines the development and

-

(3)

interpreta-

wave mechanics,

acquisition while

under

water. Specific research

mathe-

techniques

matical formalism,

predic-

specific aquatic research projects

tions of this

to one-

students under the direction of the instructor

tion of Schroedinger's

its

and the results and
quantum theory as applied

dimensional systems, the hydrogen atom and

Three hours class per week.
54.310; Mathematics 53.225.

multi-electron atoms.
Prerequisite:

Basic

will

SCUBA

be presented in the context of

certification

conducted by

(NAUI, PADL, SSI)

required.

55.490 Marine Aquaculture (3)

This course

-

includes the theory and practice of raising organ-

Marine Science

isms

Administered by Departments of Biology and

Techniques of raising economically important

Allied Health Sciences

and Geography and

Ecology of Marine Plankton

55.431

(3)

and zooplankton

phytoplankton

made between

quantitative comparisons

the

plankton populations of various types of habitats

primary and secondary productivity.

in relation to

55.432 Marine Evolution Ecology (3)

-

The

study of the ecological mechanisms underlying

evolutionary processes. This course

is

trade.

broad

in

size

their food supplies are studied.

55.491 Coral Reef Ecology (3)

-

in

marine and brackish environments. Qualitative

and

and for the aquarium

organisms from the egg stage to marketable

and

Earth Science

Studies

for food

coral reef structure, formation, types

-

A

study of

and the

rela-

tionships of reef organisms to their environment.

Emphasis

is

given to species diversity, identifica-

tion, symbiosis
t)',

light,

and

effects of temperature, salini-

nutrient concentration, predation and

competition on the abundance and the distribution of coral reef organisms.

55.492 Marine

Mammals

-

(3)

A

study of the

scope and requires that students synthesize both

distribution, population ecology, behavior, physi-

and theory

ology and adaptations of marine mammals.

and

evolutionary
into

ecological concepts

an understanding of how organisms adapt

their

to

Student projects entail collecdng physiological

environment. Marine, estuarine and mar-

and behavioral data at field sites and at facilities
studying marine mammals.
55.500 Problems in Marine Science (3) Graduate students may pursue one of the following options: Option A - Enroll in 200, 300, or 400
level course offered at the Marine Science Center
in which they desire advanced work and com-

itime organisms are used as

model systems and

processes which affect marine populations are

emphasized.
55.464

Oceanography

Biological

Interdisciplinary

of

study

the

(3)

interactions

between biological communities and the ocean

environment

as seen by distributions of coastal

plankton, fish and benthic invertebrates. Projects

and

involve boat trips to sample populations
quantitatively

document environmental

with state-of-the-art equipment, laboratory
field

and

to

variables

and

experiments to determine rate processes
visits

tories.

to

nearby

field

and government

Examples of project

labora-

topics include trans-

port of plankton at barrier island passes, effect of

submarine banks on

fish

populations, ground

truth data for satellite imagery

and other current

course require-

direction of the instructor Written permission

from the instructor

is

required.

OR

-

Option B

Enroll in an Independent Research Project.

-

To be

admitted, a student must submit a research proposal to the academic committee of the Marine

The proposal must include
and duration of the proposed research,
equipment and facilities required and a recommendation and approval from the student's acadScience Consortium.
the scope

emic

topics in biological oceanography.

55.470 Research Diver Methods

plete, in addition to the regular

ments, an approved project in the area under the

adviser.

Requires written permission for

Study

graduate credit acceptability from the chairper-

and practice of aquatic research methods using
SCUBA as a tool. Advanced research diving topics
include areas such as navigation, search and

son of the graduate committee of the Deparmient

recovery, underwater photography, survey meth-

instructor's permission

(3)

ods, estimating population parameters

-

and data

of Biological and Allied Health Sciences before
registering.

this approval and the
must be forwarded to the

Copies of

vice president for research of the

Marine Science

85
Center before the student arrives on station

to

55.540 Environmental Science Education (3)

-

Field-oriented approach to environmental educa-

emphasis upon coastal zones.

tion with special

own

Students relate their

disciplines to education

for quality environments. Consideration will be

given to sources,

environmental education.

in

55.541 Biology of Mollusca (3)

The Mollusca

-

and

the second largest group of animals

haps the most diverse

offers

to

in

structivist,

placed on the

is

tool to create a con-

higher-order thinking and learning

wide range of technologies and apply the instructional systems design process to all projects.

57.546 Research in Instructional Technology
-

(3)

Prepares students to evaluate and conduct

research

in

instructional

technology.

Students

terms of morphological,

nology, evaluate the various methodologies used

variations. This course

studying this important group of

in the

ject

research process, conduct a research pro-

and

paper using a systematic

write a research

approach.
57.550 Instructional Design (3)

A

-

Examines the

three-

systems approach for the design, development

week session involving planning and preparations

and evaluation of instruction and training materials. Students conduct a needs assessment and

55.570 Research Cruise

for

-

Biology (3)

-

an oceanographic research cruise of approxi-

mately eight days, actual execution of the cruise
plan

on

board

ocean

an

research

vessel.

instructional

write objectives, develop

analysis,

instructional strategies,

and develop

a teacher's

Introduces data-processing techniques and instru-

guide and student materials. Specific emphasis

mentation used by biological oceanographers.

given to applying instructional design techniques

Prerequisite: 55.241 or

its

equivalent, or permis-

sion of the instructor

'

mind

environment. Students become proficient in a

organisms.

'

Explores the role of technology in

analyze research literature in instrucdonal tech-

an evolutionary, functional and ecological

approach

-

per-

and behavioral

ecological

(3)

use of technology as a

methods, techniques

facilities,

and concepts used
is

Classroom

the classroom. Special emphasis

take the course.

products

55.593 Behavioral Ecology (3)

i

to the design

-

Designed

and development of

instructional

form.

in print

57.551 Advanced Instructional Design

to

is

(3)

-

present animal behavior within an ecological and

Serves

and
framework of behavioral ecology. An
in-depth exploration of the ways in which the

practice

behavior of animals

course by elaboraUng on the design of instruc-

as

a

sequel

to

Instructional

Design

j

evolutionary context. Presents mathemadcal
theoretical

is

influenced by the environ-

(57.550) by providing additional informadon

and
concerning the design of effective
instruction. Course goes beyond the introductory

ment, especially with regard to resource distribu-

tional strategies for specific learning

tion.

techniques for writing effective

outcomes,

test items,

and

procedures for formative and summative evalua\

Instructional Technology

tion. In

Administered by Department of Instructional
Technology.

for the identification, selection, use,

tion

of

technology

within

and

room, building and
given to a

number

curriculum.

the

district levels.

class-

Consideration

of issues that affect die pro-

curement and use of technology

in

57.556 Applying Theories of Learning to

schools.

Interactive Technologies

and

instruction

to

tion processing models, cognitive science,

the learning theories of a

in cur-

57.542

Technology

Applications

for

the

the

the design of instructional

which they

develop expertise for use

-Focuses on

materials. Topics include behaviorism, informa-

ry

riculum planning.

(3)

application of theoretical principles of learning

Students also choose a specific technology in
will

to

instructional design practices.

evalua-

Students create technology plans for the

is

and behavioral approaches

comparison of instructional design
models and research evidence that supports
instruction, a

Technology Planning Across the
(3) - Examines a systematic process

57.540

Curriculum

addiuon, the course emphasizes learning

theory, cognitive

memo-

models, constructivism, cognitive strategies and

theorists.

In

learning

theory,

addition,

number of

influential

the course emphasizes

cognitive

and

behavioral

86
approaches

to

instruction,

a

comparison of

models and research

design

instructional

evi-

HTML are

UNIX, IconAuthor and
op computer

used to devel-

Areas of emphasis include

projects.

dence that supports instructional design practices. Students critique commercial software and

authoring software, developing various types of

design two brief instructional modules incorpo-

instruction with authoring tools, data

rating specific principles of cognitive science.

ment

57.560 Multimedia Productions (3)

Provides

-

a survey of the major aspects of multimedia pro-

types of authoring software, issues in selecting

and

file

manipulation. Examines research and

theories of multimedia as well as guidelines for

the development of instructional multimedia.

A

media.
57.575 Managing Multimedia Projects (3)

Provides

culminating

a

thetical business

Technologies

(3)

-

Interactive

Examines the fundamental

is

placed on

the design, development and authoring of interactive

courseware

using

such

software

as

Macromedia Authorware. Emerging technologies
and their potential impact upon education and
training are also studied.

-

(3)

Acquaints students with authoring tools that

may be implemented on Macintosh and PC
forms. Writing code for multimedia

plat-

and hyper-

to design,

develop and evalu-

computer-based

interactive

multimedia project.
57.580 Instructional Applications of Internet
(3)

-

Helps educators integrate the Internet into

the curriculum to improve teaching

Wide Web and the tools used to access
web page, learn the educaapplications of web sites and web site man-

sites,

construct a

agement. Students learn techniques for gathering, organizing

and managing Internet informamultimedia applications

tion, apply Internet

technologies, issues and trends.

puter presentations. Applications for use

Prepares students with knowledge,

for training are reviewed

and developed with

to

the classroom, and explore emerging Internet

media applications is emphasized. Software, such
Macromedia Director, is used to develop com-

and

learning.

the World

Web

57.584

as

in kiosks

and

Students learn basic and advanced concepts of

tional

57.572 Authoring Tools for Cross Platforms

environment. Student teams use

approach

comprehensive

ate a

concepts of computer-based learning and infor-

mation systems. Specific emphasis

-

the

learned in previous courses to simulate a hypo-

a systems
to

in

Technology curriculum. Students
teamed together to apply concepts and skills

into software applications.

Introduction

experience

Instructional

are

course where users create and integrate media

57.570

managePerformance

Electronic

Support Systems (EPSS) and instructional hyper-

duction from the user perspective. Included are

hands-on experiences with hardware, software

techniques.

in

Distance

Communications (3) skills and tools

the area of distance communications. Topics

emphasis on good design and programming tech-

covered include communications, technology,

niques.

delivery systems,

57.573 Authoring Tools for Windows (3)

-

in-depth study of various

Provides a careful,

authoring systems and authoring tools

in

a

Windows environment. Software packages, such
as

Toolbook, are used to develop computer pro-

jects. Specific areas

authoring

of emphasis include types of

software,

generalized

authoring

options, specific techniques for planning

and

ating instruction using the authoring tools

development for
and program quality assess-

instructional

distance education

ment
57.590 Graduate Internship (3)

have learned

must

in

12 weeks, be directly related to

the general content of the master's

be supervised by a professional

and

field.

instruction.

57.574 Authoring Tools for Networks (3)

-

Allows stu-

previous courses. Each internship

last at least

cre-

principles of effective design of computer-based

-

dents to put into practice the theories that they

program and

in the

57.599 Master's Thesis (6)

-

multimedia

Consists of an

independent scholarly investigation in which the
student designs, develops, implements and evalu-

module

to address a spe-

Provides further study of various network-based

ates a brief instructional

authoring languages and systems for network

cific

environments. Software and languages such as

committee, the student identifies a performance

audience.

Under

the direction of a faculty

87
problem

an audience of interest and works

in

with a subject matter expert to design

and pro-

duce instruction on a particular topic. The
instruction is later implemented with the target
audience and evaluated for

its

effecdveness.

The

major problems. Discussion of polarizadon

problem

ical

60.507 Using Newspapers in the Classroom
-

(3)

Activity-centered course that provides an ori-

entation to the use of the newspaper in various

student then makes the necessary revisions based

subject areas.

on the evaluation

development of learning experiences.

data.

in crit-

areas.

Provides

opportunities for the

60.512 Educational Media and Software (3)

Advanced study of the

Administered by Department of Curriculum and

cation process. Includes critical assessment of that
role,

60.451 Pupil Personnel Services in the Public

optimum

instruction.

-

modern educational problems and

trends in the light of philosophical viewpoints;

and philosoand are influencing

study of primary sources of concepts
phies which have influenced

education.

60.502 School and Society

(3) - Examines
and community pressures and changing patterns and standards of life
in our society on the school program. Fosters
understanding of these pressures and patterns so
that the teacher can work effectively to encourage
the good and reduce the harmful impacts of

effects

of social

class,

family

social forces in relationships

60.503

Theory

of children.

(3)

of American

History

Educational

60.505

Comparative

Education

examined

for their impact

tries

are

ture

and education.

to the relationship

to the

upon our

Particular attention

is

cul-

given

of European educational pro-

American philosophy and practice

of public educadon.

problems

of the

-

Examines

urban educational system.

Emphasizes growth of sensiuvity

and

School

Community

Introductory course in public rela-

tions with special reference to

elementary school.

Develops a philosophy of partnership between

home, school and community. Considers princiatdtudes and techniques to encourage community sharing in the planning of and assuming
responsibility for good schools.
60.520
Guidance and Coimseling for
ples,

Exceptional Children

(3)

-

Studies needs

of

exceptional children in public schools (including
the academically talented); guidance
seling

and coim-

techniques for teachers and guidance

counselors in

total

meedng

those needs; guidance

and

guidance counseling program.

60.527 Classroom
Discipline (3)
discipline

-

Management and

Effective

Focuses on theories of effective

and classroom management. Methods

of planning for the beginning of the year and for

promote appropriate behavior throughout the
and major theories of discipline are reviewed and evaluated.
60.530 Guidance in the Elementary Schools
(3) - Covers concepts and techniques of the guidto

year are reviewed. Current models

ance process

60.506 Multicultural Education (3)

-

establishing an effective classroom organization

(3)

Educational ideas and practices of various coun-

t

Home,

Relations (3)

Historical

-

a review of

counseling for excepdonal children related to the

foundadons of American
educaUonal theory with emphasis on individuals
and schools of thought which have influenced
and are influencing education in America.

grams

utility,

ture in the field

60.514

Interprets

j

edu-

transportation, psychological services, guidance

Comprehensive view of pupil personin elementary and secondary schools;

60.501 Major Philosophies of Education (3)

'

in the

school attendance, school health programs, pupil

-

services.

I

media

contemporary literaand a production component
involving advanced work in television, transparencies, slide-tape and computer-assisted

(3)

nel services

I

role of

selecdon of equipment and materials for

Instruction.

School
!

-

Educational Foundations

to the disadvan-

in the

elementary school, behavioral

and developmental problems and releasing
ative capacides

cre-

of children.

60.533 Measurement and Evaluadon in the

taged youngster, in-depth examination of current

Elementary School

research findings in areas studied, teaching strate-

don, administradon and interpretation of group

gies

and resources and approaches

to

resolve

tests

(3)

-

Emphasizes construc-

of intelligence, achievement, aptitude and

1

88
personality in elementary schools.

60.534 Creativity for Teachers
teachers

Considers limitations established by
-

(3)

Helps

become more creative in their approachand subject matter. Emphasis on

and

local, state

federal laws relating to the interactions of

school personnel. Special attention

recent

to

es to students

changes resulung from judicial decisions. Covers

understanding the creative process, recognizing

fiscal

and development of the creative potential of student and teacher.
60.550 Problems in Guidance and Counseling

budgetary problems.

the creative child,

-

(3)

Covers philosophy of guidance; history of

control of education with emphasis

on

local

60.577 Educational Research for Supervision
(3)

-

Considers development of ability to read and

interpret educational research

and apply

to a

it

the guidance movement; guidance needs of chil-

school situation. Conclusions concerning curricu-

dren and adolescents; methods of gathering data;

lum content and teaching strategies designed for
the improvement of the educadonal process are

nature of school records; interpretation of
results

and

test

inventories; use of occupational infor-

emphasized.

mation and data; interviewing and counseling

theories, principles,

ing;

and

-

Examines

nizations used in schools

of

types of guidance orga-

and

(3)

Enables learners to acquire a

working knowledge of the group process and
strategies

for

and

applicability

group

supervision.

to

communication

facilitating

menting with and evaluaung leadership
promoting creativity and initiative.
Supervision

60.579

Instrucuon (3)

60.553 Group Processes in Guidance
-

practice in laboratory experiences in

processes

their effectiveness

providing for good guidance.

(Experimental)

and

Experiences provide opportunities for experi-

and Supervision

Organization
(3)

-

in

the group and organizadonal goals related to

other pertinent materials.

in

Supervision (3)

educational supervision. Focuses on knowledge of

development and use of counseling materials
test results, educational information and

Guidance

in

Focuses

-

such as

60.552

Group Processes

practices of counsel-

60.551 Techniques in Counseling (3)

on

60.578

Emphasis on group processes, communication

techniques.

in

The nature and function of groups will be
explored. Through theory and practice, teachers
learn and practice skills in leading groups,

groups.

-

and materials of

and

and

objectives, techniques

staff supervision;

function

supervisory

Curriculum

of

Examines

skills

defines the

toward

directed

the

improvement of instruction with emphasis on the
interrelationships between the humanistic aspects

of education

and democratic administrative

sion with respect to educadonal quality assess-

ment, interpersonal reladons and the catalydc

and decision-making. Teachers also learn to enhance students' selfawareness and self esteem in a group setting.
60.561 Measurement and Evaluation in the
Secondar)' Schools (3) - Examines construction,
administration, and interpretation of group tests
in intelligence, achievement, aptitude and per-

Curriculum and Instruction

sonality in secondary schools.

ship with an individual in a school setung respon-

empathic

60.573

listening, discussion

Introduction

Administration (3)

-

to

Educational

Focuses on examination of

role of the supervisor.

Practicum

60.580

(3)

-

Supervisory Ceruficate in a cooperauve relauon-

for

sible

the overall

planning, coordinadon,

experiences

instructional

program. Competency-based

discussed

in

a

weekly seminar.

Evaluauon of the candidate's performance based

school personnel administradon; administrative

on achievement of specified competencies.
60.581 Independent Study in Educauon

and organizational behavior; and career ladders

-

in

educational

systems

analysis;

educational administration.

60.576

School

Law

and

(3)

-

(1-6)

Provides an opportunity for public school teach-

ers to

Finance

,

implementation, and evaluation of a curricular

and

administrators;

of

Field-based

pracdcum experience that places the candidate
a
Curriculum and Instruction N-12

tration. Issues include the evolving school setting;

and work of school

Supervision

in

for

the functions and tasks of educational adminis-

the meaning, development,

'

behavior; studies roles of contemporary supervi-

pursue in-service projects in cooperation

with a faculty adviser.

The

teacher submits a

.

89
"learning contract" to an adviser designated by

department chairperson. Contract includes

the

of the academic goals, descriptions of the

details

project in

its

and of a proa reading list and the pro-

relation to the goals

posal for a final report,

Childhood Education I (3) - For in-service teachers and graduate students. Study of selected areas
in early

ing.

posed credit. Permission to register for the course

upon

granted

approval

of

the

contract.

on the written report and an

Evaluation based

may

common

tion for 62.510.

62.521 Elementary School Curriculum (3)

tices in
-

-

project

and

university

to
its

use

the

faculty.

"learning contract" similar to that of 60.581

is

A

sub-

mitted by the group as a basis for permission to

Education

to the literature

Discussion

and

criticism

direction

the

Evaluation

designated

is

in the contract.

seminar meetings

in

of a

faculty

member.

based on the seminar reports and a

comprehensive written report by the

(3)

Studies the changing goals

-

who

dren

enter school with a variety of experien-

backgrounds.

tial

62.523 Practices in Teaching the

60.584 Curriculum and Instructional Theory,
(3)

-

Competency-based

course consisting of elements that provide a base
in relevant

theory associated with the

curriculum development.

A

activity

review, critique

evaluation of current theoretical positions

of

and
and

design methodology are an integral part of the

Young Child

Examination of current practices

-

(3)

the young child with emphasis

mental aspects of childhood

in

teaching

on the develop-

as they relate to the

school program.

62.524 Knowledge and the Curriculum

Elementary School

Design and Development

meet the needs of chil-

eight that are required to

stu-

dent.

and

the developing programs childbirth through age

Papers relate to aspects of the project

register.

the elementary school.

62.522 Curriculum Trends in Early Childhood

Provides

group of teachers engaged

in-service

resources of the

final

Early

in

See course descrip-

mentation and improvement of curricuhun prac-

flexible.

is

the opportunity for a

under

-

any suitable time; the duration of

60.583 Seminar in Education (1-6)

and

Materials

(3)

Studies problems related to development, experi-

register at

a

II

and/or department chairperson. Students

the experience

in

Methods and

62.520

Childhood Education

examination by a committee appointed by the
adviser

childhood education. Individual or group

study of subjects of interest or concern in teach-

(3)

in

the

Studies the place of

-

knowledge in developing a curriculum. Emphasis
on content influenced by innovative practices.
62.525 Current Practices in Elementary
School Science

-

(3)

Studies the problems result-

ing from die increased interest of children in

sci-

ence and the need for science instruction

the

in

elementary grades; methods and materials for

course.

nurturing these interests and for implementing

Curriculum
and
Instructional
Evaluation (3) - Competency-based course con-

science instruction within the limits of the inter-

60.585

sisting

dent in current theory and practice in the evaluation

ests

of elements providing a base for the stu-

of school

Reviews,

and instruction.
and application of current

curriculum

critiques

thinking and practice in curriculum evaluation

of children are presented and evaluated.

62.527 Social

School

(3)

-

Studies

in

the

Elementary

Examines contemporary trends and

current research in the disciplines of the social

development of a concepframework for a social studies program.
62.528 Language Arts in the Modern School

sciences as a basis for
tual

are an integral part of the course.

-

(3)

Studies problems related to instruction in

various aspects of the language arts; place of the

Elementary and Early Childhood

language

Education

and

Administered by Department of Curriculum and

Methods

arts in the

and

Materials

in

Early

curriculum; current research

practical application.

62.529

Literature

Elementary Grades

Instrucdon.

62.510

its

may encounter
effective

in

(3)

for
-

literature

Children

in

the

Surveys ways children

and methods

that are

Students

become

the encounter.

90
acquainted with children's books, work with

dren

in a storytelling

chil-

experience, discover ways

other than through reading by which children

may experience

literature.

62.530 Awareness of Environmental Education

Problems for the Elementar)' Grades

(3)

-

Helps

classroom teacher organize environmental educa-

opment

of the

young child from prenatal through

age eight.
62.592 Identification and Prescription of the
Needs of Young Children (3) - Focuses on tech

niques of identifying the physical, emodonal
social

and mental needs of young children and

ir

developing appropriate prescriptive procedures.

tion activities. Areas of content include problem-

62.593 Organizadon and Administration o

the use of

resources, curriculum building, development of

Educational Programs for Young Children (3)
Studies the various programs in early childhooc

an awareness of environmental problems and pos-

educadon with emphasis on the expansion anc

material sources,

solving activities,

them. Camping and a camp fee

sible solutions to

are required.

62.531
Activities
(1-3)

-

Environmental Education Awareness

and Materials for the Elementary School

Opportunity for students

experiences

Camping

a

camp

62.594

Educadon
study and

(6)

teaching.

Previous experience and academii

are

fee

required.

Primarily for elementary education

-

students. Emphasizes the philosophy
sition

of values clarification as

mentary school

it

priate subjects.

education.

62.533 Values Clarification in the Elementary
(3)

and curriculun

procedures, school law, finance and other appro

broaden their

environmental

in

and

to

Prerequisite: 62.530.

School

administration with regard to the selection of per
sonnel, evaluadve techniques,

and compo-

and

theoretical

Childhooc

Early

in

Individually prescribed course o

-

learning and practice

activity-based

achievement

Practicum

reviewed.

proposa

required and consent of program coordinato

and department chairperson required.
62.595 Individualized InstrucUon

applies to the ele-

child. Practical

Practicum

and

-

Practices for the Classroom (3)

Principle
-

Analyze

aspects stressed as well as techniques for helping

practices, principles

and procedures

children build a value system by which they can

alizing instrucdon.

Experiences include proce

live.

in

Emphasis on methods which aid the teacher

becoming aware of the emotional needs of chil-

dures for adapdng conventional instructiona

modes

dren, humanizing of the education process and

improvement of working and learning

relation-

for individu

to individualized settings.

Practicum

62.596

Education

Early

in

Childhooc

see 62.594.

-

(3)

ships with others.

62.539

Education

Current
(3)

-

Topics

in

Elementary

Investigates current thinking

and

Reading
Administered by Department of Curriculum and

research in aspects of elementary education.

Independent Study in Elementar)'
Education (1-6) - Comparable to 60.583.
62.583 Seminar in Elementary Education (16) - Comparable to 60.583.
62.590 Current Research and Development in
Early Childhood Education (3) - Examines recent
literature and research in early childhood educa-

Foundations.

63.540

62.581

tion, prenatal

through age

learner, learning

8,

Reading
trends

-

the

to

Teaching o

Focuses on recent research anc

and provides an

historical perspective o

reading instruction; designed to develop a

know

edge base and instructional competence with
ferent programs and approaches to

di;

readin;

instruction.

63.541 Diagnosis and Prescription in Readin

characteristics of the

environment, learning materials

Introduction

(3)

(3)

-

Emphasizes the administration and interprt

and innovative programs. Departmental paper
and/or curriculum projects are initiated in this

assessment and informal diagnostic technique,'

course.

analysis of

Learning and Development of the
Young Child (3) - Surveys child development and

tion of practical remediation techniques; discu:

62.591

its

relationship to the early school years; the devel-

tation

sion of

of standardized

tests,

extreme reading

how

curriculum-basei

disabilities; applicj

to adapt instructional techniques

test results, a clinical

environment and a

t

clas:

91

!i

adapting instruction.

room.
Clinical expe-

63.549 Teaching Reading to the Hearing

and remediating the reading

Impaired/Language Handicapped Child (3) Principles, practices, methods, and materials of

63.543 Clinical Practicum
K

rience in diagnosing

li-

difficulties

ily

ing



help strategies related to

»f

read-

on selfdecoding, comprehen-

difficulties;

reading and study

focuses

teaching reading to hearing impaired/language

emphasizes the

handicapped individuals; awareness of research
and clinic practices which can be applied to class-

skills;

application of clinical strategies to curriculum

homework; written summary

and

materials
kI

who have

of school-age students

and/or learning

sion, oral

-

(3)

I

reports required. Prerequisites: 63.540, 63.541,

4 63.548 plus consent of clinic

director.

63.544 Clinical Practicum

I-

m

experience

»

summary

II

(3)

-

Clinical

applying a remedial setting; written

in

when combined

reports required;

with

provides experience with different

id

Practicum

I,

oil

age/grade

levels

K

ous theories of reading instruction. Prerequisites:

lit

63.540, 63.541, 63.543, 63.548

al

clinic director.

and

practical application of vari-

and consent of

63.545 Organization and Administration of
-

(3)

-

For classroom

and resource room

csi

teachers, reading specialists

tsi

specialists

lu-

reading program; emphasizes a working knowl-

:e

edge of certification requirements, job descrip-

ul'

tions, guidelines for

who are

involved with a school

district's

programs funded through

federal or state agencies, resources for

exemplary

oi

nj

and related teaching

Curriculum

65.530

Development
and
Middle and Junior

High Schools

-

(3)

Inquires into

secondary education

by

tlie

role of early

analyzing

historical

trends, curricular patterns, instructional designs

and personnel structure of this organization imit.
Emphasis on teacher behavior, student values and
attitudes and instructional designs pecidiar to
junior high, middle and intermediate schools.
65.560 Development of die Secondary School

-

strategies

(3)

riculum practices

Problems related

-

in the

to develop-

secondary school.

65.571 Evaluaung Teaching in Middle and

Improvement of

Secondary Schools

include the reading process, textbook evaluations

tion

and

niques, planning dimensions, self-appraisal tech-

strategies

improving comprehension,

for

vocabulary and study

63.547 Seminar in Reading (3)

in

-

Advanced

in the study of recent research

the field of reading as

through

(3)

-

self analysis.

instruc-

Micro-teaching tech-

niques. Designed for teachers with special refer-

skills.

it

is

applied to curricu-

ence

to the

65.581

Education

work of cooperating teachers.
Independent Study in Secondary
(1-6)

-

Provides an opportunity for

lum, instructional materials and procedures of

public school teachers to pursue in-service pro-

teaching reading,

jects in cooperation with a faculty adviser.

63.548 Reading Instruction for the At-Risk

rf'

Learner

improving the reading

(3)

-

Emphasizes methodology related
skills

ej

provides an overview of

o<

and

at-risk learners affect

to

of at-risk learners;

how Pennsylvania

laws

classroom instruction;

» topics include historical and current theories and
I'

Foundations.

for content area instruction in grades 4-12; topics

d

at

Secondary Education
Administered by Department of Curriculum and

ment, experimentation and improvement of cur-

independent work

ii§

learners.

Curriculum

ol

iif

and speaking across the curricu-

lum; addresses the instructional needs of diverse

ent involvement.

63.546 Reading in the Content Areas (3)

nd

writing, listening

reading programs, program evaluation and par-

Presents theory
id

-

Examines psychological aspects of literacy development and implications for teaching reading,

Instructi.onal Strategies in the

Reading Programs (K-12)

odi

settings.

63.550 Literature, Literacy and Culture (3)

experiences acquired in 63.543, Clinical

the

01

room

research

on

at-risk

learning modalities,

learners,

diagnostic

tests,

exemplary programs and

The

teacher submits a "learning contract" to an adviser designated by the

department chairperson.

Contract includes details of the academic goals,
descriptions of the project in

its

relation to the

and of a proposal for a final report, a reading list and the proposed credit. Permission to
register for the course granted upon approval of
die contract. Evaluation based on the written

goals

1

92
report and an

examination by a committee

appointed by the adviser and/or department
chairperson. Students

may

register at

time; the duration of the experience

flexible.

engaged

in a

common

and

its

faculty.

"learning contract" similar to that of 60.581

is

A

sub-

mitted by the group as a basis for permission to
register.

and

Papers relate to aspects of the project

to the literature designated in the contract.

and

Discussion

imder the
Evaluation

criticism

direction
is

Assessment

70.522

and

Remediation

Mathematics for Special Needs Students

ot

(3)

Provides an overview of the concepts of hierarch)

of skills, computation and application of addition
subtraction,

multiplication,

division,

fractions

decimals, time and measurement. Students wil

administer and interpret achievement, diagnostic

and curriculum-based mathematics assessment
Emphasis on development of remedial math programs, adaptations of math curriculum for special
needs students and design of a functional mathe

stu-

dent.

by

Department

of

Education.
70.501

and implement 2
math program for elementary, middle schoo
and/or secondary students. Math education soft

Administration and Supervision of

ware, manipuladves,

games and materials

Education for Exceptional Individuals (3) Application of the fimdamental principles of

evaluated and utilized.

school administration and supervision

Moderate/Severe

areas of exceptionality

and

to

the

to

stu-

dents. Students evaluate, design

Special

problems unique

to

70.525

Educating

will be

Individuals

Disabilities

-

with

(3) Presents

an

ori

entation to the nature and challenge of educating

moderate/severe

each. School law, teacher recruitment, in-service

individuals with

education, organization and integration of spe-

Theory and technique for indi\idual assessment
curriculum development and instructional strate

education and ancillary services, evaluation of

cial

special provisions

and finance

as these bear

on

special education.

gies are provided.
ics

70.506 Introduction to Early Intervention (3)

-

including

vention,

perspectives,

historical

philosophies of early intervention, influences of
disabilities

and

on the development of yoimg children

early intervention models.

70.507

Family-Centered

and
-

Inclusive

Prowdes

stu-

Content focuses on the dynam

of integrating students into home, school anc

70.526 Transition Services for Individuals with
Special

Needs

(3)

methodology and

-

Presents an

overview

for

o1

service structures that facilitate

the successful transition from school to adult

ing

Practices in Early Intervention (3)

disabilities

community environments.

Presents an overview of the field of early inter-

individuals

with

special

liv-

needs

Examination of individual vocational assessment

development of functional vocational curriculurr

dents with information, strategies and practical

and the instruction of vocational competencie;

application of best practices in early intervention,

will

specifically with regard to family-centered prac-

tion planning process are presented.

tices,

tion

communication and collaboration, observaand assessment, inclusion and adaptations.

Prerequisite: 70.506.

70.508 Experiences in Early Intervention (1-6)
-

Provides students with the opportunity to apply

theory,

best practices

and knowledge

in

early

intervention environments with identified fami-

be content focus. Issues related to the transi

Language Arts for Students with
Needs (3) - Will provide preservice teach
ers with a comprehensive overview of skills, assess
ment and strategies for teaching listening, speak
ing, reading and written expression. A holistic
70.533

Special

philosophy for teaching language
stressed.

Students

will

arts

|

j

j

matics curriculum for moderately disabled

Special Education/Exceptionalities
Administered

foi

the exceptional individual.

member.
seminar reports and a
faculty

comprehensive written report by the

final

Symptomatology personality formation anc

seminar meetings

in

of a

based on the

-

developmental and therapeutic consideration

in-service project to use

the resources of the university

birth-6, with disabilities

70.516 Psychology of Exceptional Individual*
(3)

Provides the opportunity for a group of teachers

and children, ages

Prerequisites: 70.506, 70.507.

any suitable
is

65.583 Seminar in Secondary Education (1-6)
-

lies

will

be

prepare a portfolio o

93
and

resources

guage

"best practices" for teaching lan-

students with special needs.

arts to

70.544 Diagnostic and Remedial Techniques
(3)

Diagnostic and remedial techniques and

-

I

or

Technology

-

Individuals (3)

nology as

it is

y exceptional

and

Exceptional

individuals.

Both simple and high

and learning

disabilities,

including

and brain
study of behavioral and

the study of psycosocial retardadon
injury.

Includes detailed

development of individuals with mental
and learning disabilities.

retardation

Provides an introduction to tech-

-

being applied to meet the needs of

technology solutions are explored as they relate

i-|

Covers teaching techniques and

the research pertaining to the fields of mental

retardation

cognitive

equivalent.

its

70.547

i

degree the capabilities of the more able

individuals.

and the secondary school.
70.559 Seminar in Educadon of Exceptional
Individuals (3) - Facilitates an in-depth study of

Development of skills in
and writing case histories and
reports in selection and application of remedial
and evaluation
of
progress.
techniques
Prerequisite: Course in tests and measurements

:

mum

practices that are modifying school

conserve and develop to the opti-

tion programs. Critical evaluation of applicability

interpreting

,

to

devices used effectively in both the elementary

ditions of excepUonality.

,

and

programs

instruments used with children in special educaof each to the child in relation to causes and con-

!

Principles

70.562 Issues of Individuals with Physical
Disabilities (3)

-

Provides information and experi-

ence with educationally relevant motor
ties.

disabili-

Covers normal motor development; formal

!

niques and current best practices applicable to

and informal assessment of motor skills and problems; developmental and corrective preschool
and elementary school programs; conditions
resuldng in severe motor disabilities, self-care,
academic and psycho-social aspects of physical
disability; prevocadonal and vocadonal adjustment of the physically handicapped; and current
issues related to research and lidgation.
70.565 Reading and Interpreting Research in

II

elementary students with diverse learning needs

Special Education (3)

to

)|

I

meeting the needs of individuals with mental,

and communication disabilities.
Topics include instructional tools and adaptaphysical, sensory

111

i

environmental interfaces, prosthetics, as

tions,

(

well as data

and productivity

Mild and Moderate Disabilities, Elementary

>'

(3)

-

Presents principles for effective teaching tech-

i;^

t.|and abilities. Provides
nt

tions of the special

1(1

collaborative

tl

awareness of role expecta-

education teacher, practice

problem solving and selecting and

70.551 Teaching

(Mild

and Moderate

Methods

for Individuals with

Disabilities,

Secondary

(3)

-

tional

techniques used to enhance the learning

process of individuals with disabilities at the sec-

andary

level.

issues in

secondary special education and their

mpact on

service delivery will also be discussed.

Designed to further a student's

^

:ompetency

^

he exceptional
lal

in

own

(3)

interest

and

J

an introducuon to the type of

statistical

procedures, a knowledge of the

and comand poor research designs
and the development of an ability to detect misbasic steps of hypothesis testing, analysis

parison of excellent

use of statistics.

70.570 Foundations of Behavior Disorders (3)
-

Covers characteristics of children with behavior

approaches to remediation, general

principles of classroom

problem

solving, ideal

management, simulated

academic models for

chil-

an area of special education for

dren with behavior disorders, research findings

child. Library research or individ-

and sources of information.
70.572 Seminar on Behavior Disorders (3) Seminar group composed of those who wish to
read and discuss current material related to the

projects involving service to the exceptional

may be agreed upon and conducted
mder supervision of a staff member.
70.556 The Mentally Gifted Individuals (3) -

lerson

ous

terms,

disorders,
-

,jl

ji

others. Covers a

Information pertaining to current

70.552 Projects in Special Education
jj,

and behavioral research carried out by
working knowledge of basic sta-

statistical

research questions that can be answered by vari-

4

,j

Aids the student in read-

Usdcal

Will familiarize students with a variety of instruc-

15

-

understanding and evaluating the results of

special needs.

If

I,

ing,

adapting instructional materials for students with

((i

IK

tools,

70.550 Teaching Methods for Individuals with

k:

area of behavior disorders.

Group reads new

94
research and discusses implications for applica-

measures available to individuals with serious

and
more advanced systems of management and

organic and nonorganic hearing problems. Study,

instruction.

ments and

tions, as well as future directions,

moral

issues

70.575 Seminar in Current Issues in Special

Education

forum

-

(3)

to review

provide students with a

Will

and analyze current trends and

The content of

issues in special education.

course

change

will

as current trends

and

the

issues

emerge.
70.591

Pracdcum

in Special

Graduate experience for students

Education

-

tests

Externship:

72.508

individuals

Externship:
II

(6)

Internship in special

-

Clinical

Audiology

in

and

clinical

educational situations under supervision of the

dee of audiology.

70.596, 597, 598 Special

Seminar

72.512

faculty.

Workshop

I

(1-6)

-

Problems

(3)

-

in

(3)

and

literature to the solution of diagnostic

ment problems encountered

and graduate

ir

foi

non-clinical research

education. Supervision to take place in schools or

local supervisor

Practicum

See course description

Research

72.510

Applicadon of
-

in

and deafness

72.506.

regularly in a seminar fashion with the university

70.595 Internship (3-6)

losses

and socio-economic adjustevaluated and treated
through supervised study and experience
Externships may be arranged in approved privat£
and public insdtudons.

ment of

Audiology

instructors.

Practicum

Clinical

Hearing

-

(6)

I

instru-

included.

affecting the personal

minimum

practicum and meets

in

72.506

Audiology

in a setting with

exceptional persons. Student spends a
of eight hours per week

(3)

and evaluation of modern

interpretation

treat

in the general prac

Audiology:

Analysis, interpretauon

Specia

and

stud'

Temporary special workshop seminars designed
to focus on contemporary trends, topics and
problems in the field of special education.
Lecturers, resource speakers, team teaching, field
experience and practicum, new media and related techniques. Usually workshops are funded pro-

of selected problems in audiology and related dis

jects.

and industries examined with specia
emphasis on legislation and medico-legal que;
dons. Examines role and function of the publi
health and industrial audiologist.
72.516 Seminar in Audiology: Auditor

may include education, psychology
and other fields.

otology, rehabilitadon

72.514 Seminar in Audiology: Industrial an(
Public Health Audiology (3)

-

Problems and pre

grams of hearing conservation

in public insdtu

tions

Audiology/Speech Pathology
72.500 Measurement of Hearing Loss (3)
Studies

-

anatomy and physiology of the hearing

mechanisms. Covers etiology of hearing
interpretation

in the administration

evaluation

is

losses,

of audiometric evaluations and

available rehabilitative procedures.

ence

ciplines that

Lab

experi-

of clinical audiometric

provided.

Prerequisite:

72.200,

72.300.

Problems

in

Children

(3)

acquired hearing impairment

-

Congenital anc
in

children exaiT

ined with special emphasis on problems of
ential diagnosis.

Educauonal and

diffei

social implic;

don of hearing impairment in children discusse
conjuncdon with appropriate habilitative pr(

in

72.502 Physiological Methods in Audiology:

Brainstem Evoked Response Audiometry and

Electronystagmography

(3)

-

Study of the electro-

cedures.

72.518 Seminar in Audiology: Theoretical an
Clinical

Masking

(3)

-

Neurophysiological an

physiologic techniques used to assess cochlear

acoustic basis of problems of masking in auditoi

and retrocochlear function. Review of theories
and clinical applications of vestibular tests, auditory brainstem evoked responses and electro-

clinical

cochleography.

the diagnosdc and rehabilitadve aspects of aud

72.504 Hearing Aids and Auditory Training
(3)

-

Theoretical and clinical analyses of literature

in relation to

educational and other rehabilitative

measurement explored and training offered

i

masking procedures.

72.520 Educauonal Audiology (3)

-

Deals wit

ology in the educauonal setting. Examines
effects of

hearing

loss

th

on speech and languag

development, the use of amplificauon

in

tl

95
and educational audiology alternatives
and models.
72.522 Aural Rehabilitation: Theory and
schools

Pracdce

(3)

-

Habilitation/rehabilitation of the

associated problems,

rehabilitative procedures.

72.552 Preschool Language (3)

-

Reviews nor-

aids, assistive listening

mal language acquisition with primary emphasis

communication strategies and counselEmphasis on the sensory capabilities (audito-

on the application of developmental information

speech reading, hearing
devices,

ry,

and current

tions

and aphasia,
and non-language func-

intelligence

evaluation of language

hearing impaired including auditory training,

ing.

symptomatology of aphasia,

cal basis for aphasia,

visual, tactile

and

auditory-visual training)

of

-

the hearing impaired with practicum lab.

Audiology

in

habilitation of language dis-

72.554 Stuttering (3)

72.524, 72.525, 72.526, 72.527, 72.528 Clinical

Methods and Practicum

and

to the diagnosis

orders in children.

-

(3)

Studies the develop-

-

ment, diagnosis and treatment of stuttering disor-

on academic under-

ders with equal emphasis

Emphasizes the Speech, Hearing and Language

standing and clinical management.

an integral part of the teaching-training
program of the Department of Communication

based disorders of articulation. Emphasis on iden-

72.556 Phonology (3)

Clinic as

Disorders.
nostic

The

clinic

and therapeutic

tification, description

services for persons of

logical disorders. Generative

all

and language probmembers of the
university community and residents of the
Bloomsburg area; serves as an extension of the
classroom where students can apply and study

logical processes are discussed.

lems, including students, other

procedures,

therapeutic

methods,

techniques and materials and the classification
and etiology of speech and hearing disorders;
gives students an opportunity to relate text and
lecture information to actual clinical cases under
the close supervision of certified staff Students
gain experience in

all

aspects of remediation

diagnosis, therapy, counseling
-

and report

with a wide variety of clients.

72.530

72.558 Clinic

I

(3)

-

Provides a variety of super-

vised clinical experiences related to

management

of individuals with communication disorders in

Hearing and Language

Speech,

the

Clinic.

Students participate in various aspects of evaluation

ASHA

and treatment while accumulating

Experiences include assessment,

clinical hours.

goal setting program planning, individual

and

group therapy; conferencing, report writing and
clinical

problem

solving.

72.560 Voice Disorders (3)

-

writing

Examines language-

and remediation of phonoand natural phono-

provides outpatient diag-

ages with speech, hearing

evaluation

-

and

clinical

-

Studies diagnosis

management of

functional

and

organic voice disorders.

Fundamentals of Audiology

(3)

72.562 Language Disorders of School

-

Aged

Designed for graduate students who are not audi-

Children (3)

ology majors such

students

guage acquisition and the interaction of language

speech pathology, education of the hearing

disorders with academic achievement, especially

in

as,

but not limited

to,

-

Explores disorders of later lan-

impaired, reading, nursing, or special education.

in

Presents a synopsis of the primary concepts in

assessments and treatment approaches are devel-

diagnostic

and

rehabilitative audiology.

to relate the possible implications

logical topics to

each of the

fields

Attempts

listed

above.

72.532

and

Electronics:

and Hearing Science (3) - Emphasis on
equipment problems and understanding the operation of equipment used in clinical practice and hearing services.

-

Considers the neuromuscular and

may

affect the

Clinical

emphasis on the adult, cerebral

and

-

speech

process as an aerodynamic mechanism. Special

solving practical

72.550 Adult Aphasia (3)

Diagnostic

72.565 Disorders of Speech in Children and
Adults (3)

structural disorders that

Instrumentation

skills.

oped.

of the audioof study

the acquisition of literacy

palsy, cleft palate

dysarthrias.

72.566 Clinic

II

(3)

-

See course description

for 72.558.

Studies language

72.568 Speech Habilitation in the Schools (3)
Examines the profession of speech and language

disorders in brain-injured adults. Areas of con-

-

centration include history of aphasia, neurologi-

pathology in a school setting as

it

interacts with

96
the other school-related disciplines. Emphasis

placed on facilitating of communication

is

among

Adult

72.570

language

-

Secondary

-

II

Language

Study of secondary disorders of

in adults. Special

emphasis on disorders

of right hemisphere damage, dementia and schiz-

ophrenia.
72.572 Augmentative Communication

Explores the
tion

field

(3)

-

of augmentative communica-

and non-speaking persons. Topics include

candidacy
ration,

Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech
- Temporary workshops/seminars
designed to focus on contemporary trends, topics
and problems in the fields of audiology or speech
72.592

Pathology (3)

the disciplines.

Disorders (3)

See course description for 72.590.

field experience and practicum,
new media and technologies and related techniques and methodologies are concepts that
might be incorporated into one of the work-

team teaching,

shops/seminars.
72.593 Workshop in Audiology and/ or Speech

vocabulary configu-

issues, assessment,

symbol selection and communication

interaction training for language board

and

Guest lecturers, resource speakers,

pathology.

Pathology

(3)

-

See course description for 72.592.

72.594 Workshop in Audiology and/or Speech

elec-

j

Examines current research
practices and studies in communication interac-

See course description for 72.592.

tronic device users.

Pathology

tion patterns of non-speaking individuals.

Studies in Hearing Loss

72.574 Seminar
(1-6)

-

Communication Disorders

in

(3)

-

Administered by Department of Communication

Selected theoretical and clinical areas of

Disorders

communication disorders and related disciplines.
Selected areas may include clinical and research

Disordered Individuals and Their Families

topics pertaining to student needs.

Designed

72.576 Clinic

III (3)

See course description

-

Communication Disorders of
Traumatically Head Injured (3) - Studies
72.580

to

their families

and

to provide basic, short-temr!

the

counseling. Students introduced to various coun

the

seling strategies in individual

assessment and treatment of resultant cognito

clinics.

Pathology (3)

-

and group setting.'
and speech and hearing

74.501 Introduction to Sign Language (3)

disorders.
in

Speech and Language

Application of clinical and non-

Involves a study of basic sign language vocabular\

and fingerspelling techniques used
with

in

communi

deaf/hard of hearing individuals

clinical research literature to the solution of treat-

cation

ment problems encountered

Emphasis on developing proper expressive anc

speech and

in

lan-

guage pathology.

receptive

72.584 Field Experiences
cial clinical

I

(3)

-

problems of clients through advanced

skills.

74.560 Practicum with the Deaf/Hard o

Considers spe-

Hearing

(3) - Provides an opportunity to worl
deaf/hard of hearing children and/oi

and experience. Extemships in approved
institutions or schools. Problem areas and student

with

practicum must be approved by a graduate advis-

diation

er

Prerequisites: 74.564, 74.566

study

72.586 Field Experiences

II

(3)

-

See course

adults.

Emphasis on speech and language reme
of deaf/hard of hearing individuals

and 74.567 (concur

rently).

74.564 Speech for the Deaf/Hard of Hearinj

description for 72.584.

72.590 Independent Study and Research (3)

-

cannot be met by registration

-

Study of the principles and techniques usee

indi-

particular needs

special consideration given to production, classi

ance on library study of specified areas or on

when

(3)

development and formation of English speed
sounds by the synthetic and analytic methods will

Permits students to work under close faculty guid-

vidual research projects

-

needs of communicatively disabled individuals

as appropriate to schools

72.582 Research

(3)

i

help students identify counseling

nature of traumatic head injuries, emphasizing

communication

j

74.490 Counseling Needs of Communicatively

and

for 72.558.

'

in regularly

sched-

fication

and transmission of speech soundf
and practica are ai

Super\'ised demonstrations

uled courses.
72.591 Independent Study and Research (3)

in

-

integral part of the course.

I

97
74.565 Problems and Trends in Teaching the
Deaf/Hard of Hearing (3) - Focuses on current
practices and trends in education and welfare of
'ideaf/hard of hearing individuals. Concerned
'

ance on library study of specified areas or individ-

when

ual research projects

particular needs can-

not be met by registration in regularly scheduled

I

courses.

74.581 Independent Study and Research (3)

with psychology, social adjustment, educational

'

achievement, political and social viewpoints,

'

and vocational competence of
deaf/hard of hearing. New techniques and

See course description for 74.580.

learning problems

I

the

'

Language

Student

is

iieaf/hard of hearing.
jlnent of at least

The

step-by-step develop-

one language system

is

required

or each student. Supervised demonstrations are

'i

bearing

II

Foundations.
79.591 Research in Education (3)

Study of structured approaches to

-

caching spoken and written language, of ian-

and appropriate lesson
and presen-

"

juage assessment devices

1^

)lanning. Supervised demonstrations
.iiions

74.568 Advanced American Sign Language (3)

is

lems.

degree

Diversity

(3)

-

in

education. Broadly based and field-

based oriented. Provides additional opportunities
to integrate

new learning and classroom

ences in these areas:

multicultural

experi-

human development,

and exceptional

studies

lan-

styles,

and an

understanding of the social and cultural milieu.
79.599 Thesis (6)
ity

to

-

Student demonstrates

abil-

employ accepted methods of educational

research in the solution or intensive study of

The

and

some problem area of

interest or concern.

the

problem area selected

for the research project

eaf/hard of hearing with emphasis on content

must be related

curriculum that the

nd methods rather than

dent

Hearing

(3)

-

Examines

practices, content

lethods of teaching school subjects
l

Human

Designed for teachers seeking an advanced

of American Sign Language with an empha-

on communicating with die deaf.
74.569 Curricular Subjects for the Deaf/Hard

f

n

Studies

guage and culture, learning modes and

are an integral part of this course.

Study of the expressive and receptive compolents

-

methods and techniques used in educational
research; development and interpretadon of stadstical data and application to professional prob79.593 Studies in

Language for the Deaf/Hard of
(3)

the

Professional Studies

!m integral part of the course.
74.567

of

Administered by Department of Curriculum and

familiarized with leading systems of

language development designed for the

latural

Education

the

for

'language for deaf/hard of hearing individuals.
'

in
(3).

74.599 Master's Thesis (3-6).

Deaf/Hard of
iHearing I (3) - Study of tlie principles and techjniques used in the development and correction of
74.566

Research

74.584

Deaf/Hard of Hearing

"imethodologies.
t-ij

-

to

theory.

is

to the

stu-

pursuing.

74.570 Student Teaching with the Deaf/Hard
f

le

i

K

Hearing

(6)

-

Evaluates hearing losses affecting

communicational, educational and vocational

Health Sciences
80.500 Health Sciences Internship

(3-6)

-

(djustment of individuals through supervised

Provides students in the multidisciplinary health

and practicum

sciences an opportunity to apply acquired knowl-

lii

bservation, classroom

«

xperience. Students are assigned to approved

practice

and public programs for the deaf/hard of
m earing and work with selected professionals in
rivate

edge

in

an on-site practicum experience imder

the supervision of an appropriately credentialed
preceptor.

j

«
I

ducation of the deaf/hard of hearing, following

same schedules and responsibilities similar as
Arrangements relating to student
iterest must be approved by program adviser.

le
I

Dfessionals.

I

mission of curriculum coordinator required.

74.580 Independent Study and Research (3)
irmits students to

work under close

Nursing
Administered by Department of Nursing
82.500

Applied

Professionals (3)
-

faculty guid-

-

Statistics

for

Health

Applies principles and meth-

ods of statistical analysis of data in the health professions.

The course emphasizes

statistical

con-

98
cepts as a set of principles
for health professionals.

and a way of thinking

Course

not required.

is

Prerequisites: high school algebra, basic statistics

ogy to study the problem. Students plan, develop(

and present a research prospectus using appropriate scholarly format and style.

course or consent of the instructor.
82.501

Theoretical

82.504 Pathophysiology for Advanced Nursing

Bases

Role

for

Pracdce

(3)

-

Presents pathologic mechanisms ol

Development in Advanced Nursing Pracdce (3) Examines theoretical formulations related to role
development in advanced nursing practice.
Students use concepts, principles and strategies

disease that serve as a major

inherent in a variety of theories

systems,

physiological

mechanisms

change, professional socialization and role) to

nomena and

in assessing

serve as a framework for the development

to the

(i.e.,

enrichment of their advanced practice

and

roles.

component in the
foundadon for clinical assessment and manager
ment of individuals, essendal for advanced nurs-i
ing pracdce. Primary focus

is

on applying pathoi

to explain illness phe(

an individuals response

pharmocologic management of

Major laboratory studies useful for

illnessesi

verifyingi

Theory building, the relationship of models to
theories and major conceptual and theoretical
models in nursing practice are also introduced.
Students analyze and apply tenets of a select conceptual model of nursing to their own philosophy
of advanced nursing pracdce. Leadership princi-

abnormalities are discussed. Builds on knowledge

ples are also incorporated as students identify an

to

actual or potenual issue or

problem related

to

advanced pracdce role and design a proposfor planned change.

their
al

82.502 Epidemiology: Concepts and Principles

Advanced Nursing Practice

for

(3)

-

Focuses on

conceptual orientation and knowledge of techniques from epidemiology as a

bcisis

for

all

aspects

of populadon-based practice in advanced nursing.

Epidemiological perspective presented as a

from imdergraduate courses through pursuit
applying research-based knowledge.

82.507 Pharmacology for Advanced Nursing!

Pracdce

(3)

Presents

dent's

epidemiologic

basic

alternative

"drug"

82.508

Adult
(6)

-

Health

am

Assessment

Focuses on developing the

competence

in

performing health

ment of adults. Learning experiences

sti

asses;

are provic

ed for s)'nthesizing cognidve knowledge with

proposed solutions to observed patterns of health

Throughout the course, emphj
sis is placed on health assessment, communic;
don, analysis of data, written and verbal present;
don of data and issues related to health promc
tion
and disease prevention in adult

contemporary populations.

82.503

Bases for

Nursing Practice

(3)

edge of research and
application,

-

Research for Advanced
Builds on previous knowl-

statistics to

enhance student

use and development of nursing

research to improve the quality of health and

I

therapies

research designs in the investigauon, analysis and

states in

|

Prerequisite: 82.504.

ing strategic nursing and health care invesdga-

apply

Applies principles of pharmacology

is on physiological mechanisms of drug acdor
and significant adverse reacdons. Presents prope
prescribing and monitoring procedures for vari
ous drug regimens used to treat common diseasi
states. Discusses self-medicadon, muluple druj
interactions, legal, ethical and sociological impli
cations of drug therapy and padent teaching

Promotion

Students

-

advanced nursing practice of adults. Emphasi:

framework for assessing the well-being of populadons and designing, implemendng and evaluattions.

o:

content in greater depth and synthesizing anci

chomotor

ps>

skills.

Prerequisite or corequisite: 82.504.

82.511

Community Health Nursing

I

(6)
j

health

care delivery.

Principles

and

strategies

Focuses on the role development of the

clinic:

inherent in scienufic inquiry, criucal evaluadon

nurse specialist in community health nursin;

and the research process are applied. Focuses on
identification of a researchable problem in clinical nursing practice, conduct of a review and cri-

Students apply advanced knowledge,

tique of relevant literature, selecuon of a concef>-

as a whole. Evaluation

tual or theoretical

framework and idendfication

of an appropriate research design and methodol-

critical

skills

an

thinking in the competent use of the nur

ing process with populations and the

commimi

and refinement of a mod'
for advanced practice provide a framework ft
the student's development of the multifacete

I

99
roles

of practitioner, educator, researcher, consul-

tant

and leader/manager. Leadership

md

strategies are applied as students assess

I

I

t

I

health of populations

and the

total

community.

nurse specialist

clinical

in

on leadership theories, strategies for maturation and change, concepts of power and influence and organizational
practice. Focuses

decision making.

consent of the

Prerequisite:

community health nurses, a variety of providers
and clients in a diversity of settings to plan and
develop innovative programs designed to meet

with a faculty preceptor in conducting an individ-

needs of

risk

populations in the

assist

community health

issues,

of current

develop research

skills

and understand the development and operationalization of healtli policies within

programs.

health

82.514 Independent Study (3)

community

See

Prerequisites:

clinical

-

Student works

ualized study related to a particular area of clinical interest.

and enable the

viiidents to participate in the analysis

<

of the

role

instructor.

community. Weekly seminars

.

the

advanced

Students collaborate and coordinate with other

identified health

i

and

the health status and determinants of

.inalyze

I

principles

82.515 Diagnosis and

Problems

Adults

in

1

Management
-

(6)

First

of Health

of two clinical

courses that focuses on diagnosis and manage-

ment of

health problems in adults. Emphasis

on

developing knowledge related to the most com-

mon

problems for adults

in

ambulatory care,

including but not limited to hypertension, cough,

option adviser.
I

82.512 Adult Health and Illness Nursing
-

I

I

I

process, therapeutic interventions

]



I

Ji

illness.

and

skills

and technolo-

adult population to facilitate optimal wellness
to

impact on the delivery of adult health care.

and refinement of

a

model

advanced practice provide a framework for
tic

and

care of adult clients

for

holis-

and one's development of

tithe multifaceted roles as practitioner, educator,
f

t

and leader/manager. Leadership priniciples and strategies are employed as students collaborate with adult clients, support systems and
I

consultant

i (

variety of providers in diverse settings to

I'

promote,

H restore and maintain
>

I

t

(

1

I

1

I

to discuss

advanced practice

Prerequisites:

role.

82.502,

82.507, 82.508.

82.516 Diagnosis and

Problems

in Adults II (6)

Management of Health
-

Second of a two-semes-

sequence that focuses on the diagnosis

ter clinical

and management of health problems in adults.
Emphasis on developing knowledge related to the
most common problems for adults in ambulatory
care, including but

not limited to sore throat,

abdominal

headache

pain,

and

arthritis.

Addresses issues related to the role of the nurse
practitioner

and provides opportunities

to discuss

these as the student continues transition to this

ment and develop

rent adult health care problems, trends/issues

health need or problem. Students use concepts

evaluating and formulating strategies for

e|

through

I I

practicum and course assignments. Prerequisites:

K

and provides opportunities

these as the student begins the transition to this

affords student's participation in analyzing cur-

health care reform. Research

(i

fatigue.

advanced practice

and

(t

and

adult health. Through
and political actions, client advocacy and change process are encouraged to affect
the quality of adult health care. Weekly seminar

t

lii

edema

dyspnea,

pain,

practitioner

82.520

social, ethical

I

f

chest

Addresses issues related to the role of the nurse

gy to administer nursing services to a specific

(Evaluation
i|S

(6)

thinking in the competent use of nursing

critical

I

I

i

nurse specialist in adult health and
Students apply advanced knowledge,

I

:

I

Focuses on the role development of the clinical

in

seminar

are

enhanced

presentations,

clinical

skills

jSee clinical option adviser.

82.513

Management and

Organizational
(3)

-

Explores the concepts of organizational style and

management behavior

related to

Provides students with knowledge and

perform a comprehensive community
a

program

for

skills

assess-

an identified

from nursing theory, epidemiology, cultural principles

and research

to identify a

community need

or problem, develop a proposed solution and
plan of action. Preparation of a grant proposal
will

Behavior in Advanced Nursing Practice

the theories of

-

(3)

to

role. Prerequisite: 82.515.

Commimity Assessment and Planning

be a major focus of the plan of action. Class

format

is

seminar and collaborative group work.

Prerequisite: 82.502.

Community Health Nursing II (6) upon Practicimi I and concentrates on

82.531
Builds

100
advanced professional nursing. There is an
emphasis on the student's increasing independence and self-directed learning. Through the
assimilation of additional theory, students contin-

communication
therapeutic interventions and values as they

ue to apply
skills,

critical

thinking,

Management

82.533
Behavior

and

Organizationa

Health Care Delivery System

in

Seminar format

that explores

(3)

model building anc

the future directions of organizational structure;

advanced nursing

for

practice.

Organizationa

theory provides the framework for organizationa

implement and evaluate community health nurs-

characteristics

ing programs and interventions for selected high-

strategies

structures with greatest potentia

for

effective

risk

and

They function independently

populations.

who

and
promoting

and

identifying the organizationa

performance and organi

health care environment to improve the health of

on organizational envi
ronments and planned change in the health can

the community. Students continue to engage in

delivery system. Course

and political actions which initiate
and effect change at the community level.
Interventions that assist in the development of
public policy based on the assessed needs of populations are stressed. Weekly seminars continue to
focus on the analysis of current community health
issues, leadership in the development of health
policy and research in the advanced practice in
community health nursing. Prerequisite: 82.511.
82.532 Adult Health and Illness Nursing II (6)
- Concentrates on advanced professional nursing

country

practice as a clinical nurse specialist within a spe-

practice settings, quality of care

collaboratively with others

influence the

social, ethical

cialized area of adult health

and

illness

through

independent, self-directed learning. Through
learning

self-directed
facilitated

to

activities,

student

the

assimilate additional

is

theory and

research in advancing the student's knowledge,
thinking,

critical
tic

communication

interventions/technology

advanced

clinical

skills,

therapeu-

and values

in

nursing practice for adult

Students enhance their expertise in the

clients.

zational growth. Focuses

may be taught

provide

to

Consent of the

Prerequisite:

in anothei

international

aspects

instructor.

82.534 Adult Nurse Practitioner Practicurr

and Seminar

-

(6)

Culminating

clinical

course

foi

the adult nurse practitioner program. Provide
the student an opportunity to apply knowledg<

gained throughout the program while gaininj
entry-level

competence

in the clinical area

student's choosing. Addresses clinical
sional role issues, including

of

th«

and profes

management of com

plex patients and assessment of organizations a

ment and

and

risk

manage

professional responsibilities of practice

Issues of professional responsibility include influ

ence of and on health
tion, health
ical

policy,

continuing educa

education of the community and din

research. Focuses

and competence

as

on developing confident

an adult nurse practitionei

Prerequisite: 82.516.

82.590 Thesis (6)

-

Available as an elective

Prerequisite: see clinical option adviser.

multifaceted roles of the clinical nurse specialist

and illness by assuming leadership/management positions in a health care setting and by functioning both independently and
in

adult health

collaboratively with clients, support systems, other

providers
ty

and community

in

improving the quali-

of adult health care. Social, ethical and political

employed in order to initiate and
affect change regarding the development of
health care policy and its effect on health care.
Weekly student-conducted seminars focus on the
actions are

analysis
issues,

of current concepts, practices, trends,

health policies and research in their role

enactment

as

clinical

nurse specialists

advanced practice of adult health and
Prerequisite; 82.512.

in

the

illness.

Business Education
Administered by Department of Business
Education and Office Information Systems
90.551

Education

Teaching
(3)

-

Strategies

Busines

in

Presents teaching-learning env

ronments based upon instruction which

is

geare'

to involve students in the

assessment of their pei

formance

to

according

specific

criterij

Emphasizes an increasing degree of professiona
ism and teacher competency in education toda

by using specific criteria forjudging a teacher
effectiveness.
strategies

and

Designed

to

develop

to evaluate the results

teachin

of perfo

mance-based instruction.
90.560

Business

and

Office

Educatio

101
Workshop (1-3) - Addresses those educational
ideas and experiences that encourage, support
and guide participants

to acquire

an increased

understanding of the accumulated knowledge

and those which are generally accepted

Advanced Cost Accounting

91.521

getary control

standard

Program
Business
Education
90.564
Management and Development (3) - Studies basic
management and curriculum theory as it applies

costs

program administration

and supervision. Course approached from the
perspectives

of planning, organizing, staffing,

and controlling.
90.581 Seminar in Business Education (3) Investigates and evaluates completed research in
business education on particular topic area(s).
directing

-

concepts and practical procedures of reporting

world.

business education

(3)

Provides a thorough understanding of the basic

pertaining to the development of business skills,
enhancement of business education as a profession and determination of a business and office
personnel's responsibility and role in the business

to

in busi-

ness.

cost

information

Special emphasis

management.

business

to

placed upon the use of bud-

and budget

analysis;

the use of

the relevance of management's

costs;

and

is

and the

profit responsibility reports;

importance of capital expenditure planning and
control.

91.522 Advanced Auditing Theory (3)

In-

-

depth examination of the audit process, including compliance with
tions,

EDP

GAAS,

audiung, use of

well as current

ethical

considera-

statistical analyses, as

problems facing the auditing pro-

fession.

91.523

Advanced Tax Accounting

(3)

-

and

Students submit written reports which are used as

Presents an

the basis for class discussions.

Pennsylvania tax codes with particular emphasis

90.590 Master's Thesis in Business Education

on corporations,
91.524

(6).

90.599 Special Topics in Business Education

in-depth analysis of Federal

estates

Managerial

and trusts.
Accounting

(3)

Introduction to the literature of accounting in

management

decision making. Theory, problem

and Office Systems (3) - Studies current or
advanced topics in the field of business teacher
education and/or office systems not normally

solving, case studies.

presented in other courses.

Addresses the global nature of accounting in the

91.551

International

Accounting

(3)

current business environment.

Accounting

91.552 Controllership Accounting (3)

Administered by Department of Accounting.
91.501 Financial Accounfing (3)

on

asset valuation,

financial
ics

-

integrating course

Emphasis

income determination and

accounting principles, with selected top-

from the cash flow statements and interpreta-

tion of financial statements.

stockbroker's

in

equity,

problems of the accoimting function; internal

and maintenance; relations
CPA firm and regulatory
agencies pertaining to internal and external
control system design

with audit committee,

reporting.

91.502 Advanced Financial Accounting (3)

Advanced problems

An

-

dealing with administrative

-

91.599

Special

Topics

(3)

-

This

course

consolidated statements,

addresses a variety of topics in accounting and

partnerships,

allows the instructor to focus

fiduciary

on appropriate

cur-

accounting and selected topics dealing with gov-

rent topics in the accounting profession. Students

ernment

should contact the instructor prior to enrollment.

tions.

ture

units

and nonprofit

service organiza-

Selected reference to professional

litera-

and uniform CPA examination problems.

Computer and Information Systems
Administered by Department of Computer and

Prerequisite: 91.501.

91.503 Government

& Fund

Accounting

(3)

-

Information Systems

A

Accounting principles and practices of governments and nonprofit institutions. Comparisons

prehensive introduction and basic orientation to

between accounting principles and practices that

the use of information processing in the educa-

apply to governments

and nonprofit

institutions

92.550 Information Processing (3)

-

com-

tional environment. Students required to investi-

102
gate the impact of the computer

and associated

peripheral devices on the classroom. Emphasis on

92.554

Management Information Systems

Studies information analysis

from the

(3)

-

and systems design

user's point of view. Students identify

the basic concepts of systems point of view, organization as a system, information flows

of

management information

and nature

in

other

classes.

I

success.

Prerequisites

courses shall be taken in advance).

560 Operations Management: Analyze,

93.

manufacturing and service systems and applica
tion of managerial decision-making in resolving

operational
93.511.

problems.

policy
level

(All

Prerequisites

courses shall be taken

I

ir

advance).

systems. Data bases

and data base management systems will be investigated from the manager's perspective.
92.599 Special Topics (3) - Examines current
or advanced topics in the field of computer and
information systems not normally examined in
depth

(All level

computer resources.

the effective use of available

and

enterprise's survival

93.562 Organizational Theory: Provides

macro

structure, processes

and management of externa

organizadonal relationships. Prerequisites:
level

;

understanding of organizationa

level

(Al

courses shall be taken in advance).

I

93.563 Operations Research: Covers quantita

models

live

in

dealing with the dynamics of

man

ufacturing/service operations in an organization

Management

Prerequisites: 93.511. (All level

Administered by Department of Management.

taken in advance).

93.511

Statistical

inference and

its

Analysis:

Covers

application to the

93.566 Organization Behavior: Focuses or

statistical

commonly

used methods of estimation, hypotheses

testing,

and decision making relevant to busiand managerial problems. Prerequisites: (All

human

aspects of an organizadon, groups anc

individuals. Addresses behavioral concepts anc

prediction

theories in leadership,

ness

appraisal, stress,

level

I

courses shall be taken in advance).

analysis of the firm

and

environment.

its

Addresses issues of input/output, employment,

and

capital markets, infrastructure, labor pool

resources in relation to organizational decisions.
Prerequisites: (All level

1

courses shall be taken in

advance).

93.540

Business

Institute

Human

93.583

resources in organizadonal setdngs. Emphasize
theories related to modvation, training

an organizadon.
93.558 Social Responsibility and Busines.

Ediics: Focuses

cepts to pracdcal decision-making acuvides for

for

work with small-business owners
ty

consulting

in

in the

implementation

Prerequisites:

91.254;

Prerequisites: (All level

communi-

planning and necessary

to provide strategic

I

of the

97.551;

plan.

96.535.

courses shall be taken in

93.556 International Management: Focuses on

dynamic changes

in international business envi-

ronment and increased foreign competition
challenge

on

theories, concepts

social responsibility

different organizadonal setdngs.

91.524; 97.551; 96.535; (All level

I

and

and

tool,

ethics

ir

Prerequisites

courses shall

b(

taken in advance).
93.581 Strategic Management: Examines
plex

industrial

strategies to
in

com

bette

ensure a firms long-run survival ant

compedtive markets. Emphcisizes prob

lem solving
decisions.

situadons to determine

skills

and implementadon of opdma

Examines the

factors that can result

ir

that

performance differendals by understanding hov

managers. Addresses international

a firm attains a superior performance. Analyze

and understanding of their impact on markets, products and services. Develops understanding of internadonal business environment and
issues that have the potendal of enhancing an

issues

managing

growth

advance).

and devel

opment, leadership, behavior and performanc<

Seminar:

The students

Development

Resources

management and development of humar

to

Provides experience in applying theoretical con-

entrepreneurs and small-businesses.

moUvadon, performanct
and inter- anc

satisfaction

Focuses on current research and theories relatec

in

Small

job

intra-group processes.

93.512 Managerial Economics: Covers eco-

nomic

courses shall b<

I

and

investigates

strategic

problem-solvinj

processes that can enhance control of the firn

over the market and

Capstone course,

to

compeddon.
be taken

Prerequisites
in

graduatin)

.

103
semester; 91.524; 93.511; 96.535; 97.551; 93.560;

procedures to educadon and training of employ-

courses shall be taken in

ees in office systems. Topics include: instructional

93.566.

(All

level

I

93.599 Special Topic: Addresses a variety of

advanced topics
level

and implementa-

design, strategies, technology

advance)

in

management

and permits the

at the

instructor to focus

graduate

on

pline. Prerequisites:

the organizational structure.

94.550

issues

of pardcuiar importance and interest to the

disci-

Approval of the department

curriculum Committee and the chair.

don, evaluation and management of training with

(All level

I

Integrated

Capstone course of

related to current office systems

cepts

last

Office Information Systems
Administered by Department of Business
Administration and Office Information

(3)

-

curriculum.

Includes a synthesis and an application of con-

Students should enroll in

courses shall be taken in advance).

Systems

Office

office systems

this

topics.

course during the

semester of the degree program. Prerequisite:

94.500, 94.540 or consent of the instructor.

Finance
Administered by Department of Finance and

Systems.

94.500 Office Systems and Information (3)

An overview of office

systems

-

-

people, technology

and procedures within organizadonal and envi-

Business Law.

Management (3) - In-depth
management activities involved in the

96.535 Financial
study of

ronmental contexts. Provides an imderstanding

financial

of the evolving role of the office as a key informa-

Theoretical knowledge gained through exposure

tion systems center.

to financial

94.510 Office Systems Applications

(3)

-

Discusses applications of office automation tech-

nologies

enhance

to

productivity

of

office

problem

of

aspects

management

situations

business

literature

enterprise.

is

applied to

through the use of case studies

and simulation techniques. Emphasis on the
development of perspective in the decision-mak-

employees from support personnel to managers.

ing process with the acquisition of tools to

Hands-on experience includes comparative and

tate

selective

techniques for hardware and software, as

well

an evaluation of appropriate training

as

materials for support personnel.
-

communicadon skills for
those professionals who work in environments
with automated informadon and communicadon
Provides application of

systems. Topics include: oral

systems-related

procedures)

-

,

and

written reports,

documents (reports, proposals,
research methods and informa-

don technology.
94.530 Telecommunications (3) - Introduction
to telecommunicadons in the business environment. Topics include: telephony, data codes, protocols,

network architectures,

local area networks,

communicadons media, hardware and software.
Management issues and practical applications are
an integral part of the course. Emphasizes the
application of

telecommunicadons

to facilitate

informadon interchange in whatever form the
informadon takes: voice, data, text and image.
94.540

and Development (3) of learning and instructional

Training

Applies theories

facili-

making. Prerequisites:

91.524, 93.511.

96.540 International Finance (3)
principles

94.520 Administrative Communications (3)

decision

effective

and

-

Studies the

practices relevant to imderstand-

ing the nature of international finance,

lems and

its

its

prob-

institutions. Discussion centers

on

sources and instruments of international export

and import financing, exchange

rates, balance-of-

payments, governmental regulations and policies,
financial

management,

international

as well as

transactions.

accounting for

Prerequisite:

96.313

Business Finance.
Analysis
and Portfolio
Advanced treatment of aspects
involved in developing a logical and systematic
approach to analyzing and evaluating types of
securities. Investment strategy and management

96.550

Security

Management

(3)

-

of an investment portfolio. Theoretical aspects of
security analysis

and problems involved

in analyz-

ing and evaluating securities within the context of
die type of industry issuing them.

96.599 Special Topics (3)
ety of

advanced topics

-

May address

a vari-

in law at the graduate level

and permits the instructor

to focus

on

issues

of

104
particular importance
pline. Students
to

and

interest to the disci-

should contact the professor prior

enrollment.

Marketing
Administered by Department of Marketing.
97.551 Marketing

Management

-

(3)

Develops

the strategic application of marketing in an organization through the analysis of marketing activi-

Integrates the analysis of global marketing

ties.

opportunities, segmentation of target audiences,

growth

and competitive

marketing

strategy,

research systems, buyer behavior and marketing

mix development.
97.552 Marketing Research

-

(3)

Advanced

techniques of the scientific marketing research

procedure (problem definition, research design,
data collection, analysis and interpretation).

Focuses on an applied orientation for the global
users

of marketing research. Qualitative and

quantitative research

the statistical

tools

methods are developed with
to

produce

a

marketing

research report.

97.599

Special

Topics

(3)

-

This

course

addresses a variety of topics in marketing

and

on appropriate

cur-

allows the instructor to focus

rent topics in the marketing profession. Students

should contact the instructor prior to enrollment
to learn the

current focus.

Law and Legal Elements
Administered by Department of Finance and
Business Law.

98.507 International Legal Environment of
Business (3)

-

Introduction to public and private

international law as applied to the increasingly

globalized business environment. Cases include:

Trade

law; extraterritorial application

treaty law; U.S. -Japan relations;

GATT; European Union;
tions;

human

the

multinational corpora-

rights, labor,

environmental regulation

of U.S. law;

NAFTA and

communications and

in the international sys-

tem.

98.599 Special Topics

(3)

-

Addresses a variety

of topics in law and legal elements and allows the
instructor to focus
in

on appropriate current

topics

lawn and business. Students should contact the

instructor prior to enrollment.

105

Administration and Faculty

106
Timothy Rumbough

Council of Trustees
Joseph J. Mowad, Chair

LaRoy G.

Danville

Davis, First Vice-Chair

A. William Kelly,

Feasterville

Second Vice-Chair

Jennifer R. Adams, Secretary

Ramona H.
James

Berwick

Alley

Atherton Jr.

T.

Kingston

Bloomsburg
Wilkes-Barre
Danville

David J. Cope

Ex Officio

Margaret

Biology.

Till

Vera Viditz-Ward

Art

The Graduate Council

also includes student represen-

Graduate
Mainuddin

Faculty.

Afza, professor.

Ted Stuban

Berwick

University of Rajshahi; M.B.A.,

Administration

Science

President.

-

vice president for

Academic

Affairs.

of Arts and Sciences.

Cape

of Business.
Lee, B.S., M.S., Ed.D., dean. College of

Professional Studies.

University.

Thomas

F.

Aleto, associate professor.

and dean. Graduate Studies and Research.
Daniel J. Vann, Ph.D., dean, Andruss Library.

-

B.A., University of

M. Christine AJichnie, R.N., chairperson, profesNursing

-

B.S., University

of Pittsburgh;

M.S., Wilkes College; M.S., Ph.D., University

of Pennsylvania

M. Ruhul Amin, professor. Management

John Mulka, B.S.Ed., M.Ed., Ed.D., dean.
Academic Support Services.

Carleton University; M.A., Ph.D.,

Tom

University of Akron

Cooper, Ph.D.,

Academic

cissistant vice

president.

Affairs.

Roger

Ellis

Sharon Haymaker

John Hranitz
Sheila Jones

Ann Lee
Hsien-Tung Liu
David Long

Supervisory.

Curriculum and Instruction.
Business Education.

Nursing.
Elementary' Education.
Special Education.

Dean, Professional Studies.

Dean, Arts and Sciences.
Dean, Business.

Robert Lowe

Speech Pathology.

David Martin

Finance and Business Law.

G. Donald Miller
Timothy Phillips
Edward Poostay
Carroll Redfern
Patrick Schloss

M.A.,

The

-

B.A.,

University of Dhaka; M.A., D.P.A.,

The

assistant professor. Geography
and Earth Science - B.Sc, M.Sc, University of
Dhakam, Bangladesh; M.Sc, University of
Guelph, Ontario, Canada; Ph.D., Kent State

Shahalam Amin,

Graduate Council
Meade Beers
Henry Dobson

Notre

Dame; M.A., Ph.D., University of Illinois,
Urbana-Champaign
sor.

Patrick Schloss, Ph.D., assistant vice president

Coast, Ghana; M.P.A.,

Atlanta University; Ph.D., Clark Atlanta

Anthropology

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., dean. College

associate professor. Political

Specialist Certificate (Geography),

University of

Hsien-Tung-Liii, B.A., M.A., Ph.D, dean. College

Academy of

Science, Yerevan, Armenia.

George Agbango,

William G. Bradshaw, B.A., M.A., Ph.D., provost

L.

B.

-

Youngstown

State University; Ph.D., National

Jessica Sledge Kozloff, B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,

Long,

Management

Plains

Moscow

Ann M.

Slike
Deaf/Hard of Hearing.
Leon Szmedra... .Exercise Science/ Adult Fitness.

Com., University of Rajshahi; M.Com.,

David J. Petrosky

K

Samuel

Titusville

James H. McCormick
Kevin M. O'Connor

David

Studies.

tation. Students are chosen annually.

Robert W. BuehnerJr.

and

Communication

Early Childhood Education.

Lorrain Shanoski

Audiology.
Instructional Technology.

Reading.
Special Education.

Dean, Graduate Studies.

University

Dianne H. Angelo,

professor,

Communicadon

Disorders and Special Education

-

B.S.,

M.Ed., Clarion University; M.S., Ph.D.,
University of Pittsburgh

Richard M. Angelo, professor. Clinical Director,

Communication Disorders and Special
Education

-

B.S.,

Mansfield State College;

M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D.,

Lehigh

Universit)'; Ph.D., University

of

Pittsburgh

Joseph

P.

Ardizzi, associate professor. Biological

and Allied Health Sciences

-

B.S.,

St Joseph's

University; Ph.D., Cornell University

-

,

107
Christopher

and
Lee

F.

Armstrong, professor, Sociology

Social Welfare

-

B.A.,

Washington and

University; M.A., Ph.D., University of

University; M.S., Ph.D., Pennsylvania State

Pennsylvania
Eileen C. Astor-Stetson, professor. Psychology

University

Peter H. Bohling, professor. Economics

A. B., Douglass College-Rutgers University;

Miami

Ph.D., Vanderbilt University

Shaheen N. Awan, associate professor.
Communication Disorders and Special
Education

-

University; M.A.,

M. Boyne, assistant professor. Computer
and Information Systems - B.A., Ladycliff
College; M.S.,

Pennsylvania; Ph.D., Kent State University

University;

-

B.S.,

professor.

Fordham

Communication

University School of

Education; M.A., Hunter College; Ph.D.,

-

Economics

Punjab Universtiy; Ph.D.,

Baird Jn, professor, Psychology

S.

Christopher Bracikowski, assistant professor.
Physics

-

B.S., University

of Rochester; Ph.D.,

and Foundations

-

B.S.,

Kutztown State

College; M.Ed., Lehigh University; Ed.D.,

Temple University

Vanderbilt University

John

State

Neil L. Brown, assistant professor. Curriculum

assistant professor.

B.A., M.Ed., M.A.,

The Pennsylvania

CDP

Georgia Institute of Technology

Northwestern University

Sukhwinder Bagi,

B.A.,

-

University of

Iowa; Ph.D., University of Massachusetts

Ontario; M.S., Clarion University of

Studies

The

Patricia

B.A., University of Western

Mary Kenny Badami,

-

Julia A. Bucher, R.N., assistant professor,

B.A.,

Nursing

University of Virginia; M.S., Ph.D., North

-

Carolina State University

University of Washington; M.P.M., Seattle

Alan Baker, assistant professor. Music

-

B.M.Ed.,

Drury College; M.M., Temple University;

M.B.A.,

Bloomsburg

The Pennsylvania

University; Ph.D.,

The Pennsylvania

Carol Burns, associate professor. Art

Richard L. Baker, professor. Accounting

i

B.S.N.; University of Delaware; M.S.N.

-

State

University

D.M.A., Stanford University
i

CPA

Idaho,

John Bodenman, assistant professor. Geography
and Earth Science - B.A,. Williamette

B.S.,

-

B.S.,

The

Pennsylvania State University; M.A.,
University of Northern Colorado; M.F.A.,
Cranbrook Academy of Art

State College; Ph.D.,

State University; C.P.A.,

Tamra Cash,

C.M.A., C.I.A

assistant professor, Health, Physical

I

I

Stephen

(

S.

Education and Athletics

Batory, chairperson, professor,

M.B.A., Old

Marketing

-

Dominion

University; D.B.A., University of

B.S., King's College;

Beamer, associate professor. Art

Kutztovifn State College; M.F.A.,

Meade

The

Education

-

Miami

University; M.B.A.,

Providence College; M.A.T.,

College; M.S., M.A., Ph.D.,

P.

Chamuris,

assistant chairperson, asso-

and Allied Health

ciate professor, Biological

Victor Berardi, assistant professor. Marketing

University; Ph.D.,

B.A.,

University of Michigan

George

B.A., M.Ed., Ph.D.,

University of Pittsburgh

B. S.,

-

Assumpdon

Beers, assistant professor, Curriculum

and Foundations
I

Kentucky University, Ph.D
R. Champoux, professor.
Communication Disorders and Special

B.S.,

-

Pennsylvania State University
C.

Elon College;

Ronald

Maryland
Karl A.

B.S.,

-

M.S. University of Tennessee; M.S., Eastern

Ohio

-

State

Kent State University

Dale A. Bertelsen, professor, Communication

Sciences

-

A.A.S.,

Dutchess Community

College; B.S., State University of New York at

Albany; M.S., James Madison University;
Ph.D., State University of

New York,

College

I

f

Studies

-

B.S.,

Rider College; M.A., Ph.D., The

of Environmental Science and Forestry

Chapman, associate professor.
Management - B.A., University of Northern

Charles M.

Pennsylvania State University

Michael C. Blue, chairperson, associate profesI

'

sor.

Accounting

-

B.S., University

of

Wisconsin; M.S.B.A., Boston University; M.S.,
University of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of

Colorado; M.A.,

New York

University

Chris A. Cherrington, associate professor.

Curriculum and Foundations

-

B.S. University

108
of Oklahoma; M.Ed, Ph.D., University of

Foundations

Virginia

M.S., Syracuse University; Ph.D.,

Computer and

Carl J. Chimi, associate professor.

Information Systems

-

F.

-

and Foundations
Maryland

B.F.A.,

L. Clarke, assistant professor,

and Foundations

-

B.A.,

Curriculum

Kingls College; M.A.,

Seton Hall University; Ed.D., University of

Dalton Junior College; B.S. University of

Donna J. Cochrane,

of

James

professor, Business

Education and Office Administration
Dutchess Community College;
State University of

New York

-

A.A.S.,

James

-

-

and

B.A.,

Ph.D., Texas

Nancy Coulmas,

Utah

Elwell, associate professor.

K

-

B.S.,

Finance and!

A.B., A.M., J.D., University of

Urbana-Champaign

Ericksen, professor. Marketing

The Ohio

-

-

B.S.,

State University; Ph.D.,

and

State

Pharm.D., University of Arizona

Health Sciences

-

and

Allied

B.S., King's College; M.S.,

Boston College; Ph.D., Catholic University of

associate professor. Accounting

-

America
Ronald A. Ferdock, associate professor, English

Insdtute of Technology;

Bonaventure University; Ph.D.,

-

The

A.B., St. Vincent College; M.A.,

Pennsylvania State University

Pennsylvania State University

James H. Dalton, Jr.,

Law

Phillip A. Farber, professor. Biological

A&M University

New York

-

Jacquelyn Evans-Shields, assistant professor.

State University; M.A., Vanderbilt University;

The

Karen J.

Nursing
-

at Buffalo

Dutt, chairperson, associate professor.

University

Illinois State

Jack C. Couch, professor. Physics

Bowling Green

B.S.,

Virginia Polytechnic Institute

Allied

University

St.

S.

Illinois at

Western

B.A., M.A.,

Michigan University; Ph.D.,

M.B.A.,

New York

M.S.,

E. Cole, professor. Biological

-

Computer and Information Systems
M.S., Ph.D., The Pennsylvania State

Mary

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., State

New York

Health Sciences

B.S.,

Downing, professor, Biological and

Business

Paul C. Cochrane, professor. Mathematics and

University of

P.

University

B.S., M.S.,

at Albany; Ed.D.,

University

Computer Science

College at Buffalo

State University; M.A., Ph.D., State University

A.S.,

-

Tennessee; M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia

Temple

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Slate

Allied Health Sciences
professor. Psychology

The

Ph.D., University of California

Judith

Pennsylvania

Winona J. Cochran,

University;

Helmut Doll, associate professor, Mathemadcs
and Computer Science - B.A., University of
Stuttgart; M.S., Oregon State University;

University

Robert

-

New York

University of

West Virginia

Institute College of Art; M.A.,

Bloomsburg

Gary J. Doby, associate professor. Curriculum

B.A., M.B.A., Ph.D.,

Clark, professor. Art

B.S.,

Pennsylvania State University

University of Massachusetts

Gary

-

professor, Psychology

-

B.A.,

M. Hussein Fereshteh, associate professor.

King College; M.A., Ph.D., The University of

Curriculum and Foundations

Connecticut

University of Tehran; M.P.A., University of

-

B.A.,

Teacher
j

Frank

S.

Computer and

Davis Jr., professor,

Information Systems

-

B.S.,

Hartford; Ph.D.,

Davis, assistant professor, Biological
-

B.A., M.S.,

and

Southern

Illinois University; Ph.D., University

of

Illinois

Nancy A. Dittman, associate professor. Business
Educadon and Office Administradon - B.S.,
Florida State University; M.Ed., University of
Florida; Ed.D., University of

Henry D. Dobson,

Bonita B. Franks, associate professor. Curriculum

and Foundations

Pittsburgh

Allied Health Sciences

professor,

University of

Connecticut

M.Ed.,

Shippensburg University; Ph.D., University of

George

The

Colorado

Curriculum and

-B.S., M.S.,

Central

Connecticut State University; Ph.D., The
Pennsylvania State University

Harold

K. Frey, associate professor.

and Information Systems

-

B.S.,

Computer
Lock Haven

University; M.A., Iowa State University; M.S.,

Elmira College

Robert

E. Gates, associate professor,

and Foundations

-

Curriculum

B.S. University of

Main

at

109
Susan J. Hibbs, associate professor. Health,

Farmington; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of

Physical Education

Louisville

Pennsylvania; Ed.D.,

-

Muhlenburg

B.A.,

Lehigh University; Ph.D., Colorado State

B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,

Frederick C.

M.A., Rider College; Ed.D., Teinple University

Mary

-

-

M.S.N. D.Ed.,
,

Bloomsburg

professor.

Economics

-

New

M.A., California Lutheran College; Ed.D.,

and

University of

M.S.N. Case Western Reserve University;
,

Ph.D.,

The Johns Hopkins

University

David G. Heskel, chairperson, associate professor,

Finance and Business Law

-

M.B.A.,

Ph.D., University of Business, Vienna, Austria

professor.

B.S.,

Accounting

-

University; M.A., Ph.D.,

Oklahoma;

C.P.A.,

C.M.A

and
Computer Science - A.A., Williamsport Area
Community College; B.S., Bloomsburg

State University

B.S.N., University of Maryland;

Hwang,

Chengchi

-

Technology

Scott Inch, associate professor. Mathematics

Sharon Haymaker, R.N., associate professor,
-

B. K.

B.A.,

B.A., Montclair State

of

Dennis Huthnance Jr., associate professor.

Dennis

College; M.A., University of Colorado; Ph.D.,

Nursing

Social

The

at Buffalo;Ph.D., University

M.S., Ph.D., Georgia Institute of

University of Southern California

The Pennsylvania

and

State College;

Mathematics and Computer Science

B.A., Macalester College;

-

Bloomsburg

Pittsburgh
E.

Computer Science

professor. Sociology

B.S.,

New York

School for Social

Paul G. Hartung, professor. Mathematics

-

College at Buffalo; M.Ed., State University of

B.A.,

Research

-

B.F.A.,

Pennsylvania State University

Mary G. Harris, associate professor, Curriculum

and Foundations

-

M.A., University of Delaware; Ph.D.,

National University; M.A., Iowa State
University; Ph.D.,

Curriculum and

M.Ed., Ed.D., Indiana

Kenneth P. Hunt, professor. Exceptionality
Programs - B.S., State University of New York,

State

University

Mehdi Haririan,

B.S.,

University; M.F.A., University of

Welfare

University;

The Pennsylvania

of

Michigan

Annette Gunderman, R.N., associate professor,
B.S.N.,

-

James H. Huber,

University; Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh

-

Computer

B.S., University

Vincent Hron, assistant professor, Art

Burel

Nursing

R. Hranitz, professor.

Drake

Gum, professor. Accounting - B.S.,
Bloomsburg State College; M.S.B.A., Bucknell

-

University of Pennsylvania

B.A., University

California at Berkeley
E.

Temple

Scranton; M.E.E., Ph.D., Syracuse University

Foimdations

of Pennsylvania; M.A., Ph.D., University of

State College; M.Ed.,

and Information Systems

Greenwald, associate professor.
-

Bloomsburg

Charles J. Hoppel, associate professor.

John

University of Massachusetts

Programs

B. Hill, professor. Exceptionality

B.S.,

University

College; M.A., Antioch University; Ed.D.,

Sociology and Social Welfare

B.S., M.S., Illinois

-

University of Delaware; Ph.D.,

University; Ph.D.,

The Pennsylvania State University
Gene M. Gordon, associate professor, Computer
and Information Systems - B.A., Southampton

E.

and

Hill, professor, Biological

Louisville

B.S.,

Morry Ghingold, associate professor, Marketing

-

Illinois University

State University; Ph.D., University of

Dennis O. Gehris, associate professor. Business

David

Northern

Allied Health Sciences

B.Comm., M.B.A., McGill

B.S.,

University

University

-

-

Michael C. Hickey, associate professor. History

College; M.S.,

Education and Office Administration

Athletics

Stroudsburg State College; Ed.D., Temple

Temple University

Michael W. Gaynor, chairperson, professor,

Psychology

and

Western Kentucky University; M.Ed., East

Mary A. Gavaghan, R.N., associate professor,
Nursing - B.S.N., M.S.N., University of

University; M.S., Ph.D., Virginia
I.

Tech

Sue Jackson, chairperson, associate professor.
Sociology and Social Welfare - A.B., Lycoming
College; M.S.S.W., Graduate School of Social

Work, University of Texas; Ph.D., Bryn Mawr
College

Curt Jones, associate professor. Mathematics and

110
Computer Science

-

Lock Haven;

B.S.,

University of Iowa; Ph.D.,

The

M.S.,

Pennsylvania

State University

Exceptionality Programs

-

B.S.,

S.

M.Ed.,

University; Ed.D., University of

Kahn, associate professor. Mathematics

and Computer Science - B.A., Punjab
University; M.Sc, Islamabad University; B.S.,
Bloomsburg University; M.A., Ph.D., Temple

Ed.D., University of Pittsburgh

Michael J. Karpinski, associate professor,
Exceptionality Programs

-

B.S.,

-

-

University of Georgia

Charles W. Laudermilch, associate professor.

Wayne

B.A.,

-

Moraviar

State University

Jeanne W. Lawless, assistant professor, Biologica
and Allied Health Sciences - B.S., Ph.D,
Lee, chairperson, professor.

Economics

-

Delaware Valley College;

B.S.,

Education and Athletics

-

B.S.,

Niagara

University; M.S., Ph.D., Syracuse University

,

Frank G. Lindenfeld, professor. Sociology and
Social Welfare

-

B.A., Cornell University;

M.A., Ph.D., Columbia University

Robert J. Lowe, professor. Communication
Disorders and Special Education

of Pennsylvania

Saleem M. Khan, professor. Economics
College, Bahawalpur; M.A.,

-

Government

Ohio

University; Ph.D.,

Judith Kipe-Nolt, associate professor, Biological

The

-

B.A.,

Messiah

-

B.A.,

-

and

David G. Martin, associate professor. Finance

Ph.D., University of South Florida

Boston College;

M.S., Ph.D., University of

New Hampshire

B.A., C.

W. Post College;

Marion G. Mason,
B.S.,

assistant professor,

Psycholog

Southern Nazarene University; M.A.,

The Ohio

State University

University; M.S., Ph.D., University of

Oregon

Jerry K. Medlock, chairperson, professor, Healtf
Physical Education

M. Kontos, associate professor, Psychology
B.A., M.S., Ph.D., University of Georgia

Julie

Lange, assistant professor. Physics

-

M.B.A., Western Illinois University; Ph.D.,

Ph.D.,

Stephen Kokoska, professor. Mathematics and
B.A.,

Chape

Jane McPherson, assistant professor, Curriculurr
and Foundations - B.A., Western Washington
State College; M.Ed., Western Washington

A.A., Bradford

College; B.A., Macalester College; M.A.,

-

M.A.,

Hill

-

Klinger, professor, Biological

SUNY at Albany;

Saint Louis University

Pennsylvania State

University

Allied Health Sciences

University

Ph.D., University of North Carolina at

and Business Law

Purdue University

College; M.S., Ph.D.,

B.A.,

Stephen J. Markell, associate professor.

Management

Gutenberg University

Howard J. Kinslinger, associate professor,
Management - A.B., Brandeis University';
M.B.A., The City College of New York; Ph.D.,

and Allied Health Sciences

-

Slippery Rock University; M.Ed., Clarion

B.A.,

College, Lahore, Punjab University; Ph.D., J.

L.

A. Laskey, associate professor. Marketing

B.Sc, M.Sc, Clemson University; Ph.D.,

Linda M. LeMura, professor. Health, Physical
B.S.,

Temple University
Brenda Reiser, associate professor Languages
and Cultures -B.A., Kutztown State College;
M.A., Middlebury College; Ph.D., University

Gunther

Hank

M.S., Ph.D., Rutgers University

M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College; Ed.D.,

Computer Science

Stat

Cornell University

University; Ph.D., University of

Education and Office Administration

S.

The Ohio

Mark D. Larson, chairperson, associate professo
Management - B.S., University of Iowa; M.A.,
Ph.D., The Ohio State University

Woo Bong

M.Ed.,

Janice C. Keil, assistant professor. Business

Thomas

B.S., M.A., Ph.D.,

College; M.S.W.,

Technology; B.A., Dickinson College; M.Ed,

S.E.,

-

Sociology and Social Welfare

University
Karl Kapp, assistant professor, Instructional

Bloomsburg
Maryland

State University

University

Missouri

Zahira

The Ohio

Richard Larcom, associate professor,
Psychology

Sheila D.Jones, associate professor.

Bloomsburg

B.S., Ph.D.,

L.

-

and

Athletics

-

A.B.,

Samford University; M.A., Ed.D., University
Alabama
Mark S. Melnychuk, associate professor,

c

Ill
Biological

and

Allied Health Sciences

B.S.,

-

Moravian College; Ph.D., Kent State

Massachusetts

University

Richard L. Micheri, chairperson, assistant profesScience

sor, Political

G.

Donald
sor,

-

Fordam

B.A.,

-

Lynne

Health Sciences

-

B.S.,

Rhode

University of

of Texas; Ph.D.,

and

Allied

College of Pharmacy,

State University

-

B.A., M.A.,

University; Ph.D.,

Georgetown University

University; M.A., Ph.D.,

and Allied Health Sciences - B.S.,
Slippery Rock State College; M.S., Ohio
University; Ph.D., Washington State

-

M.Ed., Ph.D.,

B.S.,

Curriculum and

-

B.A.,

M.A., Ph.D., University of

Swapan Mookerjee, associate professor, Health,
Physical Education and Athletics - B.P.E.,
EducaUon, Gwalior,

University of Wisconsin,

Ph.D.,

-

Instructional

-

State

B.F.A.,

Cooper

Technology

-

B.S. M.Ed., Ph.D.,

A&M University
-

B.S.,

California State College; M.Ed., Diiquesne
University; Ed.D., Indiana University of

Pennsylvania
S.

B.S., M.S., Ph.D.,

Lehigh

assistant professor. Art

University; M.S.,

B.A., B.S.,

Carson-Newman

-

B.A.,

James

Longwood

College; Ph.D.,

Pennsylvania State University

C. Pomfret, chairperson, professor.

Bates College; M.S.,

New Mexico

University; Ph.D., University of

-

B.S.,

Temple

B.S.,

Oklahoma

Poostay, professor, Curriculimi

Foundations

The

-

State

and

University; M.Ed.,

Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D.,

University of Georgia

Alex J. Poplawsky, professor, Psychology
University of Scranton; M.S., Ph.D.,

Obutelewicz, assistant professor.
-

-

Phillips, associate professor.

Edward J.

O'Bruba, chairperson, professor.

Economics

Patch, associate professor,

Mathematics and Computer Science

assistant professor.

Curriculum and Foundations

Robert

P.

Instructional Techology- B.A., Kutztown

The

Mary J. Nicholson,

S.

Elizabeth

Ph.D., University of California, Santa Barbara

Union; M.F.A., Pratt Institute

William

Bonaventure University; Ph.D., The

Timothy

University

Stewart L. Nagel, professor. Art

B.S.,

Aiigustana College; M.A., University of Iowa;

India; Ph.D.,

The Pennsylvania

-

Pennsylvania State University

Andrea G. Pearson,

Madison

P.James Moser, chairperson, professor. Physics

Texas

Pastore, assistant professor.

University

M.P.E., Lakshmibaj National College of

B.S., M.S.,

S.

Economics

Pennsylvania

Physical

Raymond

St.

DAV College;

State

California University of Pennsylvania; M.S.,

University

M.A.,

The Ohio

Curriculum and Foundations

State

Rajesh K. Mohindru, professor. Economics

Ahmadu

B.S.,

James E. Parsons, associate professor. Biological
and Allied Health Sciences - B.S., M.S., Ph.D.,
The Ohio State University

Mansfield State College;

The Pennsylvania

-

University

University
Misiti, associate professor.

of

B.A., University

Bello University; M.A., Case Western Reserve

Biological

Foundations

-

Toronto; M.Ed., Ed.D., University of Miami

Curriculum and Foundations

Michigan State

Louis V. Mingrone, chairperson, professor.

Frank

University

Gilda M. Oran, assistant professor, Curriculimi

Egerton O. Osunde, assistant professor,

DavidJ. Minderhoiit, chairperson, professor,

Anthropology

-

Hospital School of

Pennsylvania State University; D.E.D.,

Temple

and Foimdations

Island; M.S., University

New Mexico

Wyoming Valley

Nursing; B.S., M.S.Ed., Wilkes College; M.N.,

The

University

C. Miller, professor. Biological

Onuschak, R.N., professor. Nursing

A.

diploma,

B.S.,

Indiana University of Pennsylvania.; M.A.,

Temple

Michigan State University

University; Ph.D.,

Nancy

Miller, assistant chairperson, profes-

Audiology and Speech Pathology

Ph.D.,

John J. Olivojr., professor, Business Education
and Office Administration - B.S., Davis and
Elkins College; M.Ed., Trenton State

Columbia University

University; M.A.,

College; M.A., Ph.D., University of

-

B.S.,

Ohio

University

Gerald W. Powers, professor, Exceptinality

112
Programs

-

B.A., University of Massachusetts;

M.Ed., University of

New Hampshire;

Ed.D.,

L. Pratt, assistant chairperson, associate

professor.

Curriculum and Foundations

-

B.S.,

Utica College of Syracuse University; M.Ed.,
St.

Lawrence

University; Ph.D., University of

South Florida
B.S., University

-

of Karachi; M.B.A., Adelphi

University; Ph.D.,

The Union Graduate

School of Ohio

Rosemary

-

B.A.,

Curriculum and Foundations

-

B.A.,

The

Pennsylvania State University; M.Ed.,
University; Ed.D.,

Lehigh

University
Shelly C. Randall, assistant professor, Curriculum

and Foundations

-

B.S., University

of

Illnois

Communication

Brooklyn College; M.A.,

University of Georgia; Ph.D.,

Temple

University

Lorraine A. Shanoski, professor. Curriculum anc
-

M.Ed., Northeastern

B.S.,

University; Ed.D., Indiana University of

Pennsylvania

Michael Shapeero, C.P.A., C.M.A., associate professor.

T. Radzievich, assistant professor,

Bloomsburg

N. Schreier, professor.

Studies

Foundations

Salim Qureshi, associate professor. Marketing

Southern

University-Carbondale

Howard

University of Northern Colorado

Donald

University; M.S., Ph.D.,

Accounting

-

B.S.,

M.B.A., California

State University; Ph.D., Virginia Polytechnic
Institute

and

State University

Mathematics and
Computer Science - B.S., Anhui Normal
University at Chuzhon, China; M.S., Shangha

Yixun

Shi, associate professor.

Teachers University, China; Ph.D., University
of Iowa

Michigan; M.A., Wayne State University;

Casey A. Shonis, assistant professor. Biological

Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

and Allied Health Sciences - B.A., Slippery
Rock University; M.S., Ph.D., University of
Illinois at Champaign-Urbana
Kara Shultz, assistant professor. Communication
Studies - B.S., M.A., University of Northern
Colorado; Ph.D., University of Denver
Samuel B. Slike, professor, Curriculum
Coordinator, Education of the Deaf/Hard of
Hearing, Exceptionality Programs - B.S., The

Vishakha W. Rawooi, associate professor,
Exceptionality Programs

-

B.Sc,

Bombay

University; M.A., University of Texas at El

Paso; Ph.D.,

Purdue University

Medhi Razzaghi, professor, Mathematics and
Computer Science - G.C.E., Lewes Technical
College; B.S., Sussex University; Ph.D.,
Universit)' of

Carroll

J.

London

Redfern, chairperson, professor.

Communication Disorders and Special
Education - B.S., Johnson C. Smith
Universit)'; M.Ed., Bloomsburg State College;
Ed.D., Lehigh University

Bruce

L.

Rockwood,

Law

-

professor, Finance

and

B.A.,

University; Ph.D., Kent State University,.
Timothy B. Rumbough, assistant professor.
Communication Studies - B.A., M.A.,

University of Central Florida; Ph.D., Florida
State University

Constance J. Schick, professor. Psychology
B.B.A.,

Angelo State

University; Ph.D., Texas

The Pennsylvania

State

Riley B. Smith, associate professor, English

The

-

B.A.

University of Texas, Austin

W. Steven Smith, associate professor. Finance
and Business Law - B.S., M.B.A., University of
Georgia; M.A., The Ohio State University;
Ph.D., University of Alabama
Christine M. Sperling, associate professor, chairperson. Art

-

B.A., M.A., University of

Oregon; Ph.D., Brown University

Luke Springman, associate professor. Languages
and Cultures -B.A., Indiana University; M.A.,
Ph.D., Ohio State University
Joan B. Stone, R.N., assistant professor. Nursing
Diploma, Harrisburg Hospital School of
Nursing; B.S.N., University of Pennsylvania;

Technological University

Cynthia N. Schloss, assistant professor.
Exceptionality Programs

of Scranton; D.Ed.,
University

Ph.D.,

Swarthmore College;
University
of
Chicago
Law School
J.D.,
John Rude, C.P.A., associate professor.
Accounting - B.B.A., M.A., Western Illinois
Business

Pennsylvania State University; M.S., Universif

-

B.S., Illinois State

M.S.N., D.Ed.,
University

The Pennsylvania

State

113
Barbara J. Strohman, professor, Art

B.S.,

-

University of Maryland; M.F.A., Maryland

L.

-

B.A.,

-

of Santa Clara

B.A.,

Gettysburg College; M.Div., Lutheran

Vera Viditz-Ward, associate professor. Art

Theological Seminary; M.S.W., West Virginia

B.F.A.,

-

Hartford Art School/University of Hartford;
M.F.A., Indiana University

University

Viola C. Supon, assistant professor. Curriculum

and Foundations

-

Bloomsburg

B.S.,

State

Teachers College; M.A., Trenton State
University; Ed.D.,

Temple University

Allied Health Sciences

B.S.,

-

The

Hershey Medical Center, The Pennsylvania
associate professor. Health,

Physical Education

and

New York

Athletics

-

B.S., State

Brockport; M.A.,

at

E.

Washburn,

Brown

associate professor.

Management

-Michigan Technological University;

Curriculum and

Miami

Multicultural Education, University of

Robert N. Watts Jr., associate professor.
-

B.S.,

Ohio

Susquehanna

University;

University

M. Weitz, associate professor,
Communication Disorders and Special
Education - B.S., Emerson College; M.S.,

Julia

B.S.,

University

Minoo Tehrani,

professor.

B.A., M.Ed., Ph.D., University

-

of Arizona; Postdoctoral Certificate in

M.B.A.,
-

State

of Wisconsin; Ph.D., University of Michigan

David

Marketing

College; M.S., Ph.D.,

The Pennsylvania

B.M.,

University of Northern Colorado; Ph.D.,

M. Gene Taylor, professor. Physics

Shippensburg State

Thomas Walters, associate professor. Art
Depauw University; M.F.A., University

Charles

Syracuse University

Muskingum

B.A.,

-

College; M.S., Ph.D.,

Foiuidations

State University

University of

Waggoner, associate professor.

E.

Psychology

-

Pennsylvania State University; Ph.D., Milton

Leon Szmedra,

John

University

Cynthia A. Surmacz, professor. Biological and

B.S.,

Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh

Dorette E. Welk, R.N., professor. Nursing

-

Pahlavi University, Shiraz, Iran; M.S.,

B.S.N., DTouville College; M.S.N., University

Ph.D., Arizona State University

of Pennsylvania; Ph.D.,

Margaret

and Allied
Ph.D., Auburn

L. Till, professor, Biological

Health Sciences

-

B.S., M.S.,

University

Joseph G. Tloczynski, associate professor.
Psychology - B.A., Bloomsburg State College;
M.A., West Chester University; Ph.D., Lehigh

James

E.

Tomlinson, associate professor.

Communication Studies

B.A., M.A.,

-

California State University at

Long Beach

Patricia B. Torsella, R.N., associate professor.

Nursing

-

Diploma,

Hahnemann

Hospital

School of Nursing; B.S.N. M.S.N. University
,

of Pennsylvania; D.N. Sc.,

,

Widener University

fune L. Trudnak, professor. Instructional

Technology

The

Pennsylvania

State University

Mary Alice Wheeler, assistant professor.
Curriculum and Foundations - B.A.,
University of Denver; M.S., Georgetown
University; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania

Bonnie

L. Williams, associate professor.

Curriculum and Foundations

University

I

Management

Syracuse University; M.B.A., Ph.D., University

Sultzbaugh, associate professor,

Sociology and Social Welfare

S.

Ed.D., University of Cincinnati

Peter B. Venuto, professor.

Institute College of Art

Dale

Notre Dame; M.Ed., Rhode Island College;

-

B.S.,

Bloomsburg

State College;

M.S., Bucknell University; Ph.D.,

The

Bloomsburg

-

University; Ed.D.,

B.S.,

M.Ed.,

Temple

University

Anne

K. Wilson, professor. Sociology

Welfare

-

and

Social

B.A., Carleton College; M.S.,

University of Maryland; Ph.D.,

The Johns

Hopkins University
Patricia K. Wolf, assistant professor.

Curriculum

and Foundations - B.A., Morehead University;
M.A., Duquesne University; Ph.D., University
of Pittsburgh

I

Pennsylvania State University

Marianna Deeney Wood,

assistant professor,

I

j

Philip J. Tucker, assistant professor,

Exceptionality Programs
I

-

B.A., University of

Biological

and

Allied Health Sciences

-

B.S.,

Northland College, Ph.D., University of

114
Kansas

Dee Anne Wymer,

professor,

B.A., M.A., Ph.D.,

Pamela M. Wynn,

Anthropology

-

The Ohio State University
Management - B.A.,

professor,

M.A., Ph.D., University of Texas at Arlington

Carmel Collum Yarger, assistant professor.
Education of tlie Deaf/Hard of Hearing,
Exceptinality Programs- B.S.,

Montana

State

University; M.Ed., University of Minnesota;

Student Activities
John Mulka, professor

Re^strar
Kenneth Schure,

assistant professor

Counseling Center
Venus Hewing,

assistant professor

Shell Lundahl, assistant professor

Ed.D, University of Northern Colorado

Joseph M. Youshock, professor, Exceptionality
Programs - B.S., M.Ed., Bloomsburg State
College; Ed.D.,

Temple

D.A.W.N.
Barry Jackson, associate professor

University

Upward Bound
Harvey A. Andruss Library
Robert Dunkleberger, instructor
William Frost, associate professor

Marilou Hinchcliff, assistant professor
Bradley Macdonald, assistant professor

Nancy Weyant,
Stephen

assistant professor

Wiist, assistant professor

Student Life
Richard Haupt, assistant professor

John Trathen, professor

Peter Walters, assistant professor

115

D

A
Academic Calendar

4.

Academic Dismissal

22.

Academic

Departmental Paper

22.

Policies 16.

Academic Probation

21.

E

Academic Support Services

Accommodative Services

Accoundng

7.

Early

13.

Childhood Education

43.

Elementary Education
Accreditation

50.

Education of the Deaf/Hard of Hearing 52.
39.

2.

Examinadons
Administration 106.

Admission Information

33.

Exercise Science and Adult Fitness 54.
16.

Admission to Candidacy 23.
Advisers 19.

Art Gallery 26.

F

Art History 26.

Faculty 106.

Art Studio 26.

Fees 18.

Assistantships 19.

Financial

Audio Visual Resources

9.

Help

19.

Foreign Applicants

17.

Audiology 45.
Audits 17.

G
Grades

B

23.

Graduate Council

106.

Graduate Courses

71.

Biology (M.E.) 32.

Graduate Courses

in

Biology (M.S.) 47.

Graduate Programs

Business Administradon 30.

Graduate Student Categories

Banking

12.

Business Education 35.

Senior Year

17.

6.

Graduate Student Coimcil

13.

GraduaUon Requirements

21.

17.

Grievance Procedure 26.

c
Campus Map

H

117.

Celebrity Artist Series 14.

Center for Counseling and

Development

Human

Health Services

Housing

10.

11.

13.

Child Care Center 13.

Communication Studies

28.

Community Acdvities Office
Computing Facilities 12.

14.

IdentificaUon Cards 10.

CooperaUve Doctoral Program
Council of Trustees 106.

74.

Information Center
Institute for

Course Descriptions 71.

Curriculum and Instruction

/

Management
37.

Curriculum Materials Center

8.

14.

Comparative and International
Studies

Institute for Interactive

8.

Technologies

Instrucdonal Technology 55.

8.

116
Insurance Coverage

Research (human or animal) 23.

10.

K
Kehr Union

14.

s

L
Library,

Scheduling 20.

Harvey A. Andruss

School of Graduate Studies

14.

6.

Special Education/Exceptionalities 63.

Speech, Hearing and Language Clinic

M

Speech-Language Pathology

Master of Business Administration

Meal Plans

30.

Student Recreation Center
Student Services

Master's Thesis 22.

67.

12.

10.

Supervisory Certificate Programs 69.

11.

Motor Vehicle Registration

11.

Multicultural Center 13.

T

N

Telephone Numbers 5.
Television and Radio Services

Nursing 58.

Testing 17.

Thesis 22.

Time

o

Transfer of Credits 20.

Off-Campus Courses

18.

Tuition 18.

u

P
Parking

Limitation 23.

Transcripts 23.

University Store 12.

1 1.

Programs of Study

25.

Provost's Lecture Series 15.

Visitor Parking

R
Reading

41.

Reading Clinic
Readmission

Refunds

8.

17.

17.

Registration 20.

Repeat of Courses

21.

1 1

9.

8.

117

I

I

Office of Graduate Studies

Waller Administration

Bloomsburg University

of

Pennsylvania

Second Street
Bloomsburg, PA 17815-1301
400

E.

Bloomsbun
UNIVERSITY
A Member of Pennsylvania's
State System of Higher Education